官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
客服系统

					Why Automation Is the Key To Improving Your Email Workflow
Why Automation Is the Key To Improving Your Email Workflow
Remember building your first email campaign? Painstakingly crafting emails, hoping the recipient wouldn’t see the telltale “Hello (name),” and adding contacts to your email workflow manually? That’s all a thing of the past. Today, automation is a game-changer and life-saver for email marketers — helping you save time, money, and stress. Automation doesn’t mean impersonal responses and a cookie-cutter approach to your email workflow. Brands of all sizes are using AI and automation to streamline tedious processes, personalise emails, and form better relationships with their customers. Here’s how you can learn more about email workflows and start automating today. What is an email workflow in marketing? Your email workflow is the series of actions that guide the communication and engagement with customers through email campaigns. Sometimes these are automated, sometimes not. The goal of an email workflow is to nurture leads, build relationships, and drive desired actions – such as making a purchase or subscribing to a service. Another way to define an email marketing workflow? “The fine art of managing all the different kinds of work that go into creating a beautiful email from inception to completion.” By this definition, an email workflow can involve content, design, development, and often automation needs. Depending on your business, your email workflow may be complex or simple, but the goal remains the same: to create a streamlined process for creating and sharing emails with your audience. Examples of email workflows Some email workflows that you may already be familiar with include: Welcome emails The welcome email is the first thing your customers see when they agree to receive communication from your brand. It sets the tone and expectations for your relationship, so it’s important to get right. This email is simple to create — especially with a template — and is frequently automated after creation. Welcome emails are a great way to start automating the send portion of your email workflow if you’re new to the automation process. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Lead nurture emails Lead nurture emails — which introduce new subscribers to your brand and show what you have to offer — are also frequently automated. These automated workflows send emails at regular intervals – ideally one day resulting in a conversion. Automating this email workflow can save you a lot of time in the long run. Why is automation so important in this conversation about workflows, again? According to recent research, marketing automation sparks a 14.5% increase in sales productivity and a 12.2% reduction in marketing overhead. Sales or limited time offers Sales offer emails let your subscribers know that you’ve got a deal or special offer for them. These emails require more time, effort, and review rounds throughout the content, design, and development process – and are usually time-sensitive. With a solid internal process and clever automation strategies, you can line up a string of emails to successfully send right when your subscribers will be most interested in receiving them. Post-purchase emails Post-purchase emails that often ask for a review or some other communication from the customer are another common case of email workflow automation. Use these emails to encourage your customers to share their thoughts – whether they’ve recently acquired your latest product, experienced your services, or had another positive interaction with your brand. These emails often include a warm and inviting message, a subtle encouragement to take action, or perhaps even a small extra incentive to enhance the deal and prompt customers to leave reviews on platforms such as Google, Yelp, or your own website. Customer outreach Feel like you’re losing touch? Haven’t heard from a customer in a while? A customer outreach workflow can send an automated email when an account or subscriber is inactive for a while. It’s a great way to reach out a human hand, and just say hi again. You can leave your audience with education or inspiration, or try something more creative. Again, while the content and design portions of the email process can be adjusted as needed depending on the team’s size and tools, there’s one key portion that remains the same: automation. Why should you change up your email workflow process? Here are a few reasons why you should be consistently and regularly updating your email workflow processes. Minimise repetitive tasks Automating your email workflow process can help minimise repetitive tasks. The result? More time for your team to take on big-picture work, instead of getting bogged down with tedious, repetitive tasks. Save time Think of all you can get done when you automate your email workflows. For instance, time spent manually adding contacts into your customer relationship management (CRM) tool can be better spent actually writing a personalised email to a subscriber, for example. The goal of automation is to save precious time for the things that really matter, like innovation and exploration. When you reduce manual tasks, or the time spent on manual tasks at least, you can spend more time getting closer to your customers. How AI can improve your email workflow Finally, the moment you’ve all been waiting for: AI. Whether we’re discussing predictive or generative AI, it’s top of mind for marketing professionals everywhere right now. It’s got us all wondering: how can AI help you improve your email workflow? Personalisation: AI algorithms can analyse vast amounts of customer data to personalise email content based on individual preferences, behaviours, and demographics. This leads to more relevant and engaging emails — and takes personalisation way beyond just an exercise in first name and last name. With AI, you can now send highly-targeted emails to each individual, showing a selection of products designed just for them. Predictive analytics: AI can predict customer behaviour and preferences by analysing historical data. This enables you to not just send emails at optimal times, but also predict which products or content a customer might be interested in, and tailor every email accordingly. Automated content generation: AI technologies, like Natural Language Processing (NLP), can assist in generating personalised content for emails. This includes dynamically creating subject lines, email body text, and even product recommendations based on everything from the customer’s past purchases to the weather in their city. Dynamic email content: AI enables the creation of dynamic content in emails that adapts based on user preferences or behaviour. This ensures that each recipient sees content that is most relevant to their interests. We’re already using AI to automate, segment, utilise behavioural triggers to send email campaigns. Generative AI is bringing even more ambitious new horizons into sight. The end result? Always stay competitive by testing new tools like AI to see how they can help your workflows and processes. This blog post was authored in partnership with Litmus.

					Everything You Need to Know About AI in Customer Service
Everything You Need to Know About AI in Customer Service
When you think of a copilot, the first thing that comes to mind is probably an airplane. Until now, a copilot has been that person sitting in the second chair in the cockpit, helping the captain on your flight. But sometime last year, the term “copilot” started to trend in a big way in the artificial intelligence (AI) space. Take all of the generative AI technology you’ve come to know and love in apps like ChatGPT, Bard, and Einstein. Now, place that right in the flow of your work —or in that second chair, if you will. At its most basic level, an AI copilot is an AI assistant that can help you accomplish routine tasks faster than before. While the introduction of the modern copilot is linked to the launch of GitHub Copilot in 2021, these AI assistants go back even further. Since the 1990s, AI copilots —which, back then, were basic chatbots like ELIZA and Jabberwacky or virtual assistants like IKEA’s Anna —have been popping up in everything from your email platform to shopping, banking, and medical applications. Here’s the difference between now and then. Imagine you’re booking a business dinner with a client based in a different city. Before the world of AI copilots, you’d first scan the client’s customer relationship management (CRM) record to check for any dietary preferences. Next, you’d open the Resy app and spend far too long looking for a suitable restaurant with availability. Then, on to Expedia to make your travel and lodging reservations, and, finally, your email app to send a charmingly personalised confirmation to your customer. At minimum, you’d be looking at four different apps and at least a half hour of drudgery. Now imagine, instead, that you simply use one app: your trusty AI copilot. Instead of taking four different actions over the course of minutes or hours, you type, “Book dinner with Ted next Thursday.” All the steps above still take place, but the research happens in the background, and mostly without your intervention. Beyond the obvious time savings and the inherent sci-fi novelty, it’s hard to fully articulate the value of this transformation through traditional metrics. These assistants will do the work of dozens of apps to help us build reports faster, craft customer service replies with relevant answers, draft sales emails, send flowers to our bosses, and more. But first, how do they work? How does an AI copilot work? At the heart of AI copilots are powerful building blocks called copilot actions. A copilot action can encompass almost any single task or a collection of tasks for a specific job. These may include: Updating a CRM record. Generating descriptions for new products using your existing CRM data. Composing messages to customers. Handling a range of use cases. Summarising transcripts for a live service agent. Highlighting the most relevant information from meeting notes. These tasks can be “invoked,” or arranged and executed, in any order and are done so autonomously by the AI copilot. This ability to understand requests, reason a plan of action, and execute the needed tasks is what makes these systems and experiences unique. The AI copilot can handle a lot of instructions and learns from that. So, the more actions, the more capable the copilot. Stacked together, actions allow your copilot to perform a dizzying array of business tasks. For example, a copilot can help a service agent quickly resolve an issue in which a customer was overcharged for an order. Or it can help someone in sales trying to close a deal. Want more? Let’s put our copilot into action. Take the example of setting up dinner with your client, Ted. If you use Einstein Copilot, it would know Ted’s initial context, like their name and CRM session history, but it would require a bit more information from you, like the date and time. It could then execute on that and respond with any other questions it may have: It might ask you to clarify which Ted you want to meet with (if you have multiple contacts named Ted) and what type of cuisine Ted prefers. What’s nice about Einstein and other copilots at this level is that it feels like you’re talking with a coworker — but you’re actually chatting with your robust data, which the copilot is serving up in a new conversational way. The AI copilot decides which actions to trigger and then generates runtime dialogues, paraphrasing the actions’ output-data in everyday human language. So, it feels like you’re having a fairly sophisticated conversation with your AI assistant. And then dinner gets set up with little effort on your part. “We’re just telling the system, ‘Hey, do this task,’” said Carlos Lozano, director of product management at LIKE.TG AI. “But behind the scenes, the copilot is orchestrating a complex workflow of business processes and data to deliver a result that would have previously required the user to access multiple actions.” What different types of AI copilots exist? Although the concept of a copilot is fairly new, this technology has existed for a while. Have you ever chatted with a customer service representative only to realise they weren’t a person, but a bot? That’s a type of copilot. It helped you with basic customer service questions, but often couldn’t really get to the important details of your issue. Likely frustrated, you then turned to an actual human for help. Chatbots got more sophisticated with the launch of ChatGPT, Dall-E, Google’s Gemini, and Microsoft’s Bing Chat. Those generative AI platforms — let’s call them Chatbot 2.0 — can help craft emails, write code, generate images, and analyse data. With AI copilots, the interactivity becomes even more conversational, with your own AI assistant working behind the scenes to help improve everything you do. In addition to LIKE.TG, a number of other companies have introduced copilot products to the market, including Microsoft and GitHub, and even Apple is working on one. There are more niche industry-focused AI copilot companies like real-estate digital marketing company LuxuryPresence, healthcare-focused Nabla, and finance-focused ArkiFi. The copilot goes to the next level when it’s connected to data and metadata. What’s metadata? It’s the tagging system that defines your data. For instance, “first name” is the metadata that would define “Ted” in our example. This metadata makes it easier to find, use, and merge your proprietary data. So, this is what separates a workable copilot from a truly exceptional one — one that is super relevant for your everyday work. Here’s the main takeaway: When you are researching adding an AI copilot to your business, determine whether it will simply use external source information, like ChatGPT, or whether you’ll be able to safely connect it to your structured and unstructured data sources. Why you should use an AI Copilot By now, you’re probably familiar with at least one or two large language models (LLMs) like OpenAI’s GPT-4 or Google’s Gemini. These models power chatbots like ChatGPT that are fun to play with and are great for certain tasks. Some, however, only contain data through early 2022, so their responses can be limited. And those models only have access to public information about your business — they don’t have access to your trusted CRM information and data. This means they can’t help you craft relevant customer service answers or supply the juiciest sales opportunities. Nor can they act on your behalf to, say, reply to an email or book a flight. But an AI copilot can do all of the above. Okay, back to your dinner with Ted. You had a successful trip. Now, maybe you want to thank him with a gift basket from his favourite bakery. Because your copilot already has the requisite actions to look up Ted’s CRM contact and account to find his favourite bakery, and to charge goods on your behalf, all you’d need to do is type, “Send Ted his favourite muffins.” Of course, this is only a rudimentary example comprising a couple of copilot actions. Imagine what you could do with an AI copilot capable of orchestrating hundreds, or even thousands, of building blocks in virtually infinite combinations. The gains in efficiency apply to an excitingly wide range of job types. For example, a retail marketer can write product descriptions in numerous languages in just minutes, a healthcare clinician can review X-rays and lab results for multiple patients and help doctors make diagnoses, and a finance worker can use a copilot to analyse reams of data to propose various investment outcomes. The use cases and scenarios go on and on. If it seems like everything related to AI is happening at a breakneck pace — especially when it comes to how you work —and it’s making your head spin, you’re not alone. But you don’t have to be … alone, that is. You’ll have your trusted AI copilot. “With an AI copilot, you can quickly and easily become more efficient and productive, no matter the industry you work in,” Lozano said. “Having a conversational, generative AI-based assistant will truly let you offload those routine tasks while allowing you to interact and engage with data like never before. And that is the beauty of it.” Carlos Lozano, director of product management at LIKE.TG AI, contributed to this article.

					Trends in Ethical Marketing — Is Your Tech Safe?
Trends in Ethical Marketing — Is Your Tech Safe?
Often, marketers are the early adopters of new tech. Constantly searching for new and innovative ways to surprise and delight our customers, we find ourselves leading the way when exploring new tools and techniques. A great example is the recent explosion of activity around generative artificial intelligence. Let’s face it – the possibilities are incredibly tempting. But here’s the question, with the rapid rate of change, and with new players emerging onto the scene, how can you make sure you’re using marketing technology and AI safely and ethically? How LIKE.TG ensures its marketing remains ethical Personalisation and optimisation have been part of the Marketing Cloud toolkit for some time. And its powerful predictive artificial intelligence tools have recently been joined by impressive generative AI. What do they have in common? They rely on robust, accurate customer data. Ethical data The survey response from our Trends in Ethical Marketing report had a key message that was loud and clear – the responsible use of data is an important factor in consumers’ purchasing decisions. More than 60% of customers said that they are comfortable sharing sensitive data with businesses, but only if they are reassured that it’s being used in a transparent and beneficial manner. So how can you make sure you’re collecting and using customer data in an ethical way? Here are just some of the methods we use at LIKE.TG: Understand the data you need Nearly three-quarters of customers think companies collect more information than they need, and nearly two thirds worry that companies aren’t transparent about how they use customer data. Digital privacy laws around the world agree that businesses should minimise the amount of customer data they collect. Before you even begin to gather and store customer data, ask yourself what information you need to achieve your objectives, and then collect only that data. Bottom line – if you don’t need it, don’t collect it. Collect – and respect – preferences International data protection and privacy laws also make it clear that the customer should have ultimate control over how their data is used. Your marketing tools should allow you to record your customers’ preferences about how their data is used, apply those preferences to your marketing activities, and – crucially – allow customers to change their minds. Treat customer data like it’s your own In the day-to-day business of marketing, we often work with partners. But not all partners are created equal, so it’s important to be vigilant about how you share your customer data, and with whom. Will they treat the data with the same care that you have? Will they share it with third parties outside of your control? Make sure you review the contracts with each of your partners to ensure that there are clear obligations with respect to the care, custody, and control of any data sent to them. Ethical personalisation An increasing number of customers expect every offer to be personalised, and it’s important that as marketers we’re able to meet that expectation. The flip side, of course, is that we have to demonstrate real value for our customers in exchange for that data. At LIKE.TG, we make sure that we are transparent with our customers regarding how their data is used, and what they’ll get in return for providing it. Ethical artificial intelligence While generative AI has been taking the world by storm, we at LIKE.TG have been developing – and using – AI for a decade. LIKE.TG marketing teams use predictive and generative AI in many different ways – from automating campaign optimisation, to producing unique and personalised messages. We even use AI internally. It helps by summarising long Slack threads, or automating our reporting and data analysis processes. The full list of ways that we use AI is long and varied, but the one thing that every application of AI has in common? They’re all built on the policy of ethical use that we set out for ourselves. Never share customer data with external language models. The Einstein Trust Layer, natively built into the whole LIKE.TG platform, allows teams to benefit from generative AI without compromising their customer data. Always ensure human review of AI-generated content. This ‘human in the loop’ model ensures we never compromise the trust of our customers Link every innovation, product, or campaign to our core values, especially trust. The benefits of ethical marketing – and how you can do it too As well as improving customer trust, there are also economic benefits to wider ethical practice, too. Eighty-six percent of customers are more loyal to ethical companies, and 69% actually spend more with a company who they see as ethical. Marketing Cloud – recently updated with bold new AI capabilities – is the perfect tool for ensuring your marketing remains ethical. The app is built on the Einstein Trust Layer, meaning your customers’ data is kept safe, and seamlessly integrates with Data Cloud for real-time data, giving you the ability to provide relevant, trustworthy personalisation. It’s a delicate balancing act – aiming to get the best value out of any tool, while also providing a trusted, impactful experience for our customers. Ensuring that ethical thinking is at the heart of all our marketing efforts means that we can stay ahead of the curve without risking time-consuming backtracking to fix mistakes, and it also provides a framework for innovation that is rooted in trust.

					This Company Saved Millions with AI – Here’s How
This Company Saved Millions with AI – Here’s How
The big trend You can’t scan the headlines lately without seeing buzz around generative artificial intelligence (AI). The product innovations are only beginning. But even with the best technology out there, you’ll still be faced with a key question: How can you implement AI at scale in a way that maximises the return on your investment? Let’s look at one model company you can learn from. Breaking down silos Schneider Electric, a global energy management and industrial automation company, has formalised an AI program under a new Chief AI Officer and scaled it to every corner of the company. Its vision, “data and AI first,” is already paying dividends. For example, the company has saved millions by using AI to more accurately forecast and manage inventory demand. The backstory you might need Enterprise AI use has already doubled since 2017, but few companies are seeingsignificant return on their upfront costs, and a majority have failed to scale AI beyond the pilot stage. Analysts say the reasons include a lack of skills, complex programming models, upfront costs, and a lack of business alignment. What you can do now Take cues from Schneider Electric: Formalise AI efforts under one senior executive Understand the immense impact of AI – this is not like any technology that’s come before Hire dedicated AI and data experts Consider creating an AI centre of excellence to work with business unit leaders on AI projects AI success requires AI at scale Schneider had already been using AI in a decentralised fashion for years when, in 2021, it began its AI at Scale initiative and appointed its first Chief AI Officer, Philippe Rambach, to formalise its AI strategy. Madhu Hosadurga, global vice president of enterprise AI at Schneider, said it’s important to have such a top-down approach. “If you want to drive AI at scale and get value from it, top management has to motivate it as a corporate-wide objective,” said Hosadurga. “Without the C-suite, everyone tries different things at a departmental and individual level.” He said a departmental approach typically involves highly technical people that understand the technology but “lack the influence and power to make change management happen.” Bring business and tech leaders together to scale AI The company has implemented a global hub and spoke AI operating model. Each business function “spoke” (marketing, sales, service, etc.) has an AI product owner and change agent who works with the tech competency centre “hub” to find new uses for AI, deliver the technology, and ensure employee adoption. The hub is comprised mainly of technologists who help the business leaders identify AI opportunities and put them into use. For example, supply chain leaders wanted to use AI for, among other things, balancing inventory based on projected demand, and its ability to deliver based on those projections. With 200 factories and tens of thousands of suppliers, it’s impossible for humans to ensure optimal inventory levels, Hosadurga said. AI analytics and predictive modeling helped it reduce inventory levels to avoid a glut while balancing its ability to efficiently deliver products like transformers, switches, and prefabricated substations. He said that improvement alone has resulted in about $15 million in savings, measured by how much excess inventory it reduced, and capital allocated to other projects. “We targeted $5 million to $10 million in value, so that was a pleasant surprise,” he said, adding that it plans to use new AI capabilities to pare an additional five percent of inventory. Hire AI and data experts for better decision-making Schneider’s AI at Scale program included adding more than 200 AI and data experts. These two are inexorably linked, as AI is the linchpin to extracting more value from data and therefore making better, faster decisions. For many business leaders, it’s still a challenge. LIKE.TG research shows a deep disconnect between business leaders and their data. Half of business leaders lack understanding of data because it’s complex or not accessible, and the vast majority aren’t using it to make better decisions. According to Yuval Atsmon, senior partner at McKinsey, this is a missed opportunity. “For a top executive, strategic decisions are the biggest way to influence the business, other than maybe building the top team, and it is amazing how little technology is leveraged in that process today,” he said on a recent podcast. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now It’s extremely hard to synthesise huge amounts of data, let alone detect patterns, make recommendations and predictions. This is the promise of AI-driven systems. Hosadurga offered this advice for companies looking to formalise their own AI program: Bring AI to the mainstream. Don’t view it as just another tool in your tech toolbox but as a new business capability that can change the way you operate, sell to customers, and enhance your employee experience. Organise with IT and business partnering from the get-go. Often, AI is relegated to the IT team. When that happens, IT will ask the business for a use case, but the business usually doesn’t know what to do with AI. At Schneider, people come together from both sides, with a mix of about 70% business and 30% tech. Don’t wait until your data is perfect, in terms of quality and being all in one place, before embarking on a companywide AI initiative. “Many organizations believe they can’t use AI without perfect data,,” Hosadurga said, “but it’s more of a mindset issue where each business use case has to find the data, which is there in one form or another or in different places.” AI is not like other technology Business people dominate most AI projects at Schneider, Hosadurga said, which is one thing that makes it different from any other technology project. “Every use case — and we have use cases in almost every function —has people from both the AI Hub and business,” Hosadurga said. It’s entirely possible to deliver AI at scale, but unlike some other major business technologies, AI requires an entrepreneur’s mindset. “If you look at a typical IT culture, things are well defined, you know what you get from them and they can be programmed with a long-term plan,” he said. “But AI tools move so fast that it requires a very agile, quick-win, fail-fast culture. We operate more like a standup where we find an idea, incubate it quickly, and move on to the next phase.” Schneider Electric, which invests tens of millions of dollars in AI each year, plans to apply more AI and automation to its finance, sales, marketing, IT, and human resources functions over the next year. The company has launched an AI knowledge library, featuring blogs, ebooks, podcasts, training, courses, and other resources, prepared by its AI experts, so others can learn from its experience. “It’s as applicable as Excel in business,” Hosadurga said “It’s everywhere.”

					How Demand Generation Marketing Helps You Win Over Customers
How Demand Generation Marketing Helps You Win Over Customers
You can’t sell something to someone you don’t know exists yet, and they can’t buy anything from a company they’ve never heard of. Demand generation marketing (or “demand gen,” for short) means finding, learning about, and winning over potential customers. It’s about helping that person realise that your product helps solve their problems (when that happens, it’s called generating demand).It’s not quite as easy as it sounds, so we’re here to make it simpler. There are plenty of obstacles between you and good demand generation marketing, but fortunately also plenty of ways to conquer them. In this piece, we’re going to walk you through some of these challenges, the keys to overcoming them, the objectives and processes that fuel successful demand gen, and why good demand gen is worth the effort. Then we’ll show you what successful demand generation marketing looks like in the real world. What is demand generation marketing? Demand generation marketing builds brand awareness, educates potential customers, and ultimately motivates them to interact with a brand. There are many ways to approach or think of demand generation marketing, but at its core it has five basic steps: Brand awareness and education: Make potential customers aware of your brand and product, and how they’re unique. Lead generation: Give those newly aware customers a reason to be curious about or interested in the brand, becoming “leads” in the process. Lead nurturing: Entice those leads to become more involved with the brand and more likely to purchase from it. You can do this through free content or gated assets the customer can get in exchange for sharing their information. Conversion: When a lead is properly nurtured, they start buying from your brand and become a customer. Tracking and data analysis: Learn from every conversion (and from failed conversion opportunities) to refine your demand generation approach and work toward more consistent results and higher conversion rates. What are the marketing challenges of demand generation? Demand generation faces a more crowded marketplace than ever before. Your competitors are all doing it too, so you need to find a way to stand out. The main challenge is keeping your customers’ and potential customers’ interest and attention focused on you — even as they’re inundated with lots of content. Those customers also expect more and more from brands. Having so many options affords them the freedom to be choosy, and they tend to pick brands that can speak to them on a personal level. Our State of the Connected Customer report found that 80% of customers say the experience a brand provides is just as important as its products or services. Additionally, our State of Marketing report found that 73% of customers expect companies to understand their unique needs and expectations. So how do you guarantee those quality experiences to thousands or millions of people at a unique personal level? Your data is the key to overcoming both those challenges, but it’s also a challenge unto itself. With so many different streams active – web, email, social media, etc. – how do you sort, organise, and process all that incoming data in a way that’s easily accessible for your teams? How do you make sure everyone has access to the same data, and how do you make sure that data is correct? Having a complete picture of your customer from all their various data streams is extremely valuable – to be frank, at this point it’s virtually a necessity for good demand generation. But creating that picture means being able to process a tremendous volume of incoming data very quickly, and being able to turn all that raw data into something easily digestible and useful for your teams.Businesses also need to figure out where AI fits into their demand generation marketing approach. Your competitors are using it, so you need to figure out how to use it better than they do. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now What are the key components of demand generation marketing? Who, what, why, how, where, and when? The six most common questions in the English language are also the key components of good demand gen. Whom should you be targeting? What do they need, and why do they need it? How and where do you reach them (and how do you tell if it’s working)? When is it time to check back in, change up your approach, incorporate new technology, or jump on a trend? The best way to answer these is with good data, audience segmentation, and targeting. Strong first-party data is best – that’s your potential customers (or “leads” in traditional demand gen parlance) themselves giving you the answers, but good market research and a good customer data platform can help you find them even in the absence of first party data. Once you know who they are, you should segment them according to both their needs and your strategy. All your leads probably want something you offer, but they don’t all want the same thing (or respond to it the same way). Finding and sorting these prospects is usually called “lead generation.”Once you’ve got your leads segmented out by who they are and what they want, the next step is targeting “why.” That’s also when you start answering your own “how.” No matter what they want or why they want it, the best way you’re going to help them realise you can give it to them is with quality content. Your data, segmenting, and targeting should give you a pretty good idea of what they’re receptive to, so your responsibility is to make sure you’re making that content as compelling as possible. AI is a big player here, as it’s the key to helping you deliver timely, personalised content at scale.“Where?” is about making sure that content reaches them in the right place. A good multi-channel marketing approach makes sure you reach your leads on the channels where they’re most responsive. From there, you move from lead generation to “lead nurturing.” This can mean different things to different businesses, but mostly it’s about taking a lead from being someone who’s aware of your brand to someone who’s actively buying from it. A good lead nurturing strategy makes all the difference in the world.Finally, you get to your “when?” You should be making data-driven marketing decisions based on how your leads are responding to your demand generation marketing efforts, so you know exactly when to scale up or down, or if it’s time to try another tactic. You also want to make sure your sales and marketing teams are using the same platform, so when your leads are ready to become customers, the transition is smooth and efficient. What are the key objectives of demand generation marketing? The first thing you need your demand generation to do is increase awareness and visibility. Nobody can buy from your brand if they don’t know it exists, and even potential leads who may vaguely know who you are may not realise exactly what you offer.Another major objective is generating and nurturing leads from that awareness. It’s not enough to simply make those leads aware of your brand, you want to motivate them to engage with it, and ultimately to convert. Once you’ve got a consistent recipe to turn awareness into leads into conversion, your demand generation becomes one of your most powerful drivers of revenue. The right plan can help you convert unaware prospects into repeat customers that keep your business growing. What is the demand generation process? So how do you actually do demand generation marketing? Let’s dig a little deeper into those key areas from above: Step 1: Create brand awareness with your content marketing, thought leadership, and social media content. Use SEO best practices to help more potential leads find your content. Step 2: Generate leads through lead magnets, data analysis, landing pages, forms, webinars, and other events. Offer high-quality free content or gated assets in exchange for customers volunteering their information. Step 3: Nurture leads using targeted email marketing, personalised content, and scalable marketing automation tools. Use unified data and cross-functional platforms to help marketing and sales work in harmony. Step 4: Improve conversions and sales by optimising your landing pages and user experience and by writing killer CTAs. You can use your data to implement intelligent lead scoring and qualification processes that make sure you only spend your resources on leads you can actually convert. Step 5: Track your results and improve your approach by identifying which metrics are most useful in evaluating your demand gen. And have a reliable process for adjusting based on what those results are telling you. AI is a tool that can make every one of those steps easier and more effective. AI-driven personalisation is the key to steps 1-3. AI lead scoring and data analytics drastically reduce the workload required to execute steps 4 and 5 effectively. What are the benefits of demand generation marketing? Following these basic guidelines and using the right automation tools makes demand generation marketing a powerful force that benefits your business up and down the funnel. At the top of the funnel, good demand gen gives you a wider audience that’s more familiar with your brand, which quickly translates to greater market share. Good lead generation helps fill up the middle of your funnel, while good lead nurturing makes sure they make it to the bottom. The personalised content and data-driven approaches you took on the way there help spark ongoing customer engagement and loyalty well beyond that first purchase.All this adds up to more customers, more engagement, more conversions, and ultimately, a healthier business enjoying consistent, replicable growth.

					How To Qualify A Lead – Frameworks and Lead Scoring?
How To Qualify A Lead – Frameworks and Lead Scoring?
Companies constantly seek ways to optimise their sales and marketing strategies in the competitive business landscape. One crucial aspect of this optimisation process is lead qualification, the process of determining the potential and suitability of prospective customers. This article delves into the concept of lead qualification, its significance, benefits, and challenges. We will explore various frameworks used in lead qualification, including BANT, CHAMP, and GPCTBA/C, and provide insights into selecting the most appropriate framework for your business. Additionally, we will examine how LIKE.TG, a leading customer relationship management (CRM) platform, supports lead qualification and enhances sales efficiency. What is lead qualification? Within the business environment space, companies constantly optimise their sales and marketing strategies to stay competitive. A critical aspect of this optimisation process is lead qualification, the process of determining the potential and suitability of prospective customers. Lead qualification enables businesses to focus on the most promising leads, increasing efficiency and effectiveness. Simply put, lead qualification is the process of identifying leads that are most likely to convert into customers. By assessing various factors such as the lead’s budget, authority, need, and timeline, businesses can prioritise their sales and marketing efforts, allocate resources effectively, and prioritise leads that ultimately drive revenue growth. Lead qualification is a gatekeeper, filtering out unqualified leads and allowing sales teams to focus their time and energy on nurturing the most promising opportunities. This targeted approach improves sales productivity and enhances customer satisfaction by ensuring that resources are directed towards leads who are genuinely interested in the company’s products or services. Effective lead qualification is a cornerstone of successful sales and marketing strategies. By investing time and resources in qualifying leads, businesses can increase their chances of converting prospects into customers, driving business growth, and achieving long-term success in a competitive marketplace. Why is lead qualification important? In today’s competitive business landscape, efficiently converting leads into customers is essential for sustained growth and profitability. Lead qualification plays a pivotal role in achieving this objective by enabling businesses to identify and prioritise the most promising leads, those who exhibit a genuine interest in their offerings and possess the characteristics of valuable customers. Businesses can make strategic decisions about where to allocate their sales resources by qualifying leads. This allows sales teams to focus their efforts on nurturing and cultivating the most promising leads, increasing the likelihood of successful sales outcomes. By avoiding the trap of pursuing unqualified or disinterested sales leads alone, businesses can enhance their sales efficiency and effectiveness, maximising their chances of success. Furthermore, lead qualification contributes to improved customer satisfaction. By ensuring that only qualified leads are passed on to the sales team, businesses can deliver personalised and targeted sales experiences to their customers. This approach increases the receptivity of leads to sales pitches and facilitates meaningful conversations with sales representatives. As a result, customer satisfaction soars, and businesses build a positive brand reputation. Moreover, lead qualification empowers businesses to optimise their marketing and sales resources. Businesses can tailor their marketing campaigns and sales strategies by gaining a deep understanding of the specific needs, challenges, and preferences of qualified leads. This targeted approach enhances the relevance and effectiveness of marketing efforts, leading to higher conversion rates and a substantial return on investment. Finally, lead qualification serves as a critical metric for measuring the efficacy of marketing and sales efforts. By tracking and analysing the conversion rates of qualified leads, businesses can obtain valuable insights into the effectiveness of their lead generation and sales strategies. This data-driven approach enables businesses to continuously refine and improve their sales processes, driving long-term growth and success. Lead qualification is a cornerstone of successful sales and marketing strategies. By identifying, prioritising, and nurturing the most promising leads, businesses can maximise their chances of converting prospects into customers, enhancing customer satisfaction, optimising resource allocation, and achieving sustainable growth. Benefits of lead qualification process Lead qualification offers numerous advantages that can significantly enhance your sales and marketing strategies. These benefits are critical for businesses looking to optimise their sales efforts, reduce costs, and drive growth. Here are several key benefits of lead qualification: 1. Focus on Sales Efforts and Save Time: Lead qualification helps sales teams focus their time and resources on the most promising leads. By identifying qualified leads, sales representatives can prioritise their efforts and target the most likely customers to convert. This focused approach saves sales reps valuable time and ensures that sales efforts are directed towards the most relevant opportunities. 2. Increased Sales Efficiency and Effectiveness: Lead qualification improves sales efficiency by allowing businesses to concentrate on leads genuinely interested in their products or services. This targeted approach reduces the time spent on unqualified leads, ensuring sales representatives engage in meaningful conversations with potential customers. As a result, sales teams can close more deals and drive higher revenue. 3. Improved Customer Satisfaction: Lead qualification enhances customer satisfaction by ensuring that potential customers are matched with the right products or services. By understanding the needs and requirements of each lead, businesses can provide personalised and relevant solutions, leading to increased customer satisfaction and loyalty. 4. Optimised Marketing and Sales Resources: Lead qualification optimises marketing and sales resources by ensuring marketing efforts focus on generating high-quality leads. This alignment between marketing teams and sales teams improves the overall efficiency of the lead generation process and ensures that marketing investments are utilised effectively. 5. Accurate Measurement of Marketing and Sales Performance: Lead qualification serves as a valuable metric for measuring the effectiveness of marketing and sales efforts. By tracking the number of qualified leads generated and converted into customers, businesses can assess the success of their lead-generation strategies and make data-driven decisions to improve their overall performance. In summary, lead qualification is crucial in helping businesses focus their sales efforts, save time and money, improve sales efficiency and effectiveness, and ultimately close more deals. Businesses can optimise their sales and marketing strategies and drive sustainable growth by implementing a robust lead qualification process. Challenges of lead qualification Despite its importance, lead qualification is not without its challenges. One of the primary challenges is the time-consuming nature of the process. Evaluating each lead thoroughly requires careful consideration of multiple factors, including budget, authority, need, and timeline. This can be particularly demanding for businesses that generate a high volume of leads. Another challenge lies in the complexity of accurately assessing lead quality. Determining whether a lead is a good fit for a product or service requires subjective judgement and can be influenced by various factors, such as the lead’s communication style, level of engagement, and the evaluator’s own biases. This complexity can lead to inconsistencies in the qualification process and potentially result in promising leads being overlooked or disqualified prematurely. Obtaining accurate and up-to-date information from leads can also pose a challenge. Inaccurate or outdated information can lead to flawed assessments and misaligned sales efforts. This challenge is particularly relevant in industries where customer needs and preferences evolve rapidly. Businesses must employ effective data collection and verification strategies to ensure that they have access to reliable information for lead qualification. Another challenge is balancing the need for thorough qualification with the need to move leads through the sales funnel quickly. While it is essential to assess leads carefully, excessive qualification can slow down the sales process and potentially frustrate leads who are genuinely interested in the product or service. Finding the right balance between thoroughness and efficiency is crucial to maintaining a healthy sales pipeline and optimising conversion rates. Finally, the lead qualification process is not immune to bias and subjectivity. Evaluators’ personal biases and preferences can influence their assessment of leads, leading to inconsistent or unfair evaluations. To mitigate this challenge, businesses should establish clear and objective qualification decision criteria beforehand, provide training to ensure consistent application of these criteria and implement regular audits to monitor and address any potential biases in the process. How to Qualify Leads using BANT (Budget, Authority, Need, and Timing) One effective method for qualifying leads is by using the BANT (Budget, Authority, Need, and Timing) framework. Let’s explore each element of BANT and its significance in lead qualification: Budget: Assessing a lead’s budget is essential to determine if they have the financial means to purchase your product or service. By understanding their budget constraints, you can align your offerings accordingly and avoid wasting time on leads who cannot afford your solutions. Authority: Identifying the decision-maker or the person with the authority to make a purchase is crucial. Knowing who has the power to say yes can streamline your sales process and ensure that you’re directing your efforts towards the right individuals. Need: Determining the lead’s specific needs and pain points is vital. Understanding their challenges and objectives allows you to tailor your pitch and demonstrate how your product or service can solve their problems. Timing: Assessing the lead’s timeline for the decision-making process or a decision is equally important. Knowing their urgency can help you prioritise your efforts and allocate resources effectively. Leads with shorter timelines may require more immediate attention and follow-up. By evaluating these four key factors, you can effectively qualify leads and focus your sales efforts on those who are most likely to become customers. This targeted approach increases your chances of success, improves sales efficiency, and optimises your marketing and sales resources. How to Qualify Leads using CHAMP (Challenges, Authority, Money, and Prioritisation) Qualifying leads is crucial in optimising your sales efforts and ensuring efficient resource allocation. The CHAMP framework offers a practical approach to assessing the potential of a lead and determining if it aligns with your product or service. Challenges: Begin by comprehending the potential customer’s specific challenges and obstacles. Your product or service should offer effective solutions to their pain points. Ask questions to identify their most pressing concerns and evaluate if your offerings can provide genuine value. Authority: Identify the key decision-maker within the organisation. This individual holds the power to make purchasing decisions. Engaging with the wrong person can waste valuable time and resources. Ensure you communicate with the individual with the authority to commit to a purchase. Money: Financial readiness is a critical factor in lead qualification. Determine the potential customer’s budget and assess if it aligns with the cost of your product or service. It’s essential to ensure they have the financial means to purchase. Prioritisation: Understand the urgency and timeline of the potential customer’s needs. Are they ready to decide soon, or is their purchase on a longer horizon? Evaluate if your delivery capabilities match their requirements and if they’re prepared to move forward with a purchase. By thoroughly evaluating these four key factors, you can effectively qualify leads and focus your sales efforts on those with the highest potential to convert into customers. This systematic approach enhances sales efficiency, increases customer satisfaction, and optimises your marketing and sales resources. Embrace the CHAMP framework to make informed decisions for sales and marketing teams and drive successful business outcomes. How to Qualify Leads using GPCTBA/C (Goals, Plans, Challenges, Timeline, Budget, Authority, and Negative Consequences/Positive Implications) The GPCTBA/C framework is a comprehensive approach to lead qualification that evaluates multiple dimensions of a lead’s situation. By considering the lead’s goals, plans, challenges, timeline, budget, authority, negative consequences of inaction, and positive implications of taking action, you can better understand their needs and assess their fit for your product or service. Goals: Begin by understanding the lead’s goals and objectives. What are they trying to achieve? How does your product or service align with their aspirations? Leads whose goals align with your offerings are more likely to be genuinely interested and motivated to purchase. Plans: Assess the lead’s plans for achieving their goals. Do they have a clear strategy in place? Are they actively seeking solutions to address their challenges? Leads with well-defined plans and a sense of urgency are more likely to be ready to make a purchase decision. Challenges: Identify the challenges and obstacles that the lead is facing. What are the pain points that your product or service can address? Leads experiencing significant challenges and seeing your offering as a potential solution are more likely to be receptive to your sales pitch. Timeline: Determine the lead’s timeline for making a decision. Are they looking for an immediate solution, or are they still in the early stages of their research? Leads who have a clear timeline, decision process and a sense of urgency are more likely to be ready to engage in a sales conversation. Budget: Understand the lead’s budget and decision-making authority. Do they have the financial resources to purchase your product or service? Are they the primary decision-maker or do they need to consult with others? Leads with the budget and authority to make a purchase decision are more likely to be your marketing-qualified leads. Authority: Assess the lead’s level of authority within their organisation. Are they the primary decision-makers, or do they need to obtain approval from others? Leads with the authority to make a purchase decision without extensive approval are more likely to be qualified leads. Negative Consequences/Positive Implications: Consider the potential negative consequences of inaction and the positive implications of taking action. How would the lead’s situation be impacted if they do not address their challenges? How would your product or service positively impact their business or personal life? Leads who recognise the potential negative consequences of inaction and the positive implications of taking action are more likely to be motivated to make a purchase decision. By systematically evaluating these seven critical factors, you can effectively qualify leads, prioritise your sales efforts, and focus on those who are most likely to convert into customers. This approach improves your sales efficiency and effectiveness, enhances customer satisfaction, and optimises your marketing and sales resources. How to Choose the Best Framework for Qualifying Leads Choosing the most suitable framework for qualifying leads is crucial to the success of your sales team. Several factors need to be considered when making this decision, including the size of your sales team, the complexity of your sales process, the resources you have available, and the specific needs of your business and your target market. If you have a small sales team and a relatively straightforward sales process, you may be able to get by with a simple framework such as BANT (Budget, Authority, Need, and Timing). However, if you have a larger sales and marketing team or a more complex sales process, you may need a more comprehensive framework such as CHAMP (Challenges, Authority, Money, and Prioritisation) or GPCTBA/C (Goals, Plans, Challenges, Timeline, Budget, Authority, Negative Consequences of Inaction, and Positive Implications of Taking Action). Ultimately, the best way to choose the right framework for qualifying leads is to test different frameworks and see what works best for your team. You can do this by tracking the conversion rates of leads who have been qualified using different frameworks. Over time, you can determine which framework is most effective at generating revenue for your business. Here are some additional tips for choosing the best framework for qualifying leads: Start with your ideal customer profile What are the characteristics of your ideal customer? What are their needs and pain points? Once you know who you’re looking for, you can develop a framework to help you identify those customers. Consider your sales process. How do you typically sell your product or service? What are the key steps in your sales process? Your lead qualification framework should be aligned with your sales process so that you can identify leads who are ready to buy. Get input from your sales team. Your sales team is the one who will be using the lead qualification framework, so it’s important to get their input. What are their needs and concerns? What kind of information do they need to qualify leads? Test different frameworks. There is no one-size-fits-all lead qualification framework. The best way to find the right framework for your business is to test different frameworks and see what works best. By following these tips, you can choose the best framework for qualifying leads and improve your sales efficiency and effectiveness. LIKE.TG and Lead qualification LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) platform that can be used to improve the lead qualification process by providing a number of features that can help businesses assess the potential of leads. These features include lead scoring, lead qualification criteria, and lead automation. Lead scoring is a process of assigning a numerical value to each lead based on their likelihood of becoming a customer. This lead score is calculated using a variety of factors, such as the lead’s industry, company size, job title, and previous interactions with the company. Lead scoring can be used to identify the most promising leads and prioritise them for sales follow-up. Lead qualification criteria are a set of rules that are used to determine whether a lead is qualified for sales outreach. These criteria can be based on various factors, such as the lead’s budget, authority to make a purchase, and need for the company’s product or service. Lead qualification criteria can help businesses focus their sales efforts on the most likely to convert leads. Lead automation is a process of using software to automate the lead qualification process. This can include tasks such as capturing lead data, scoring leads, and routing leads to the appropriate sales representative. Lead automation can help businesses save time and resources by automating the repetitive tasks associated with the entire lead qualification process. By using LIKE.TG, businesses can improve the lead qualification process and focus their sales efforts on the most promising leads. This can a sales-qualified lead, to increased sales, improved customer satisfaction, and reduced costs.

					What is Demand forecasting?
What is Demand forecasting?
Demand forecasting, a major aspect of business strategy, is pivotal in anticipating future demand for products and services. By leveraging demand forecasting techniques, businesses gain the ability to make informed decisions regarding production, inventory management, and marketing strategies. This blog looks into the intricacies of demand forecasting, exploring its significance, challenges, and various methodologies employed to predict market trends accurately. We’ll also provide practical examples and industry insights to illustrate how businesses can harness the power of demand forecasting to gain a competitive edge within the evolving marketplace. Demand forecasting overview In the ever-changing business landscape, accurately predicting future demand for products and services is paramount to success. This is where demand forecasting comes into play. Demand forecasting is the art and science of predicting the future demand for a particular product or service. By leveraging historical data, market trends, and various analytical techniques, businesses can gain valuable insights into consumer behaviour and market dynamics, enabling them to make better choices regarding production, inventory management, and marketing strategies. The significance of demand forecasting cannot be overstated. It empowers businesses to enhance their operations, minimise production costs, and ensure customer satisfaction by meeting demand effectively. Accurate demand forecasting also assists businesses in identifying potential market opportunities, plan for seasonal fluctuations, and respond swiftly to consumer preferences changes. Numerous demand forecasting methods and techniques are available, each with strengths and limitations. Some of the commonly used short-term demand forecasting methods include: – Quantitative methods: These methods rely on historical data and statistical analysis to predict future demand. Examples include time series analysis, regression analysis, and econometric models. – Qualitative methods: These methods incorporate subjective judgments and market research to estimate future demand. Techniques such as surveys, expert opinions, and focus groups fall under this category. – Causal methods: These methods establish a cause-and-effect relationship between demand and various factors such as economic indicators, consumer behaviour, and market trends. The choice of demand forecasting method depends on several factors, including the nature of the product or service, the availability of historical data, and the level of accuracy required. It is often beneficial to employ a combination of methods to enhance the reliability of forecasts. Demand forecasting is a continuous process that requires regular monitoring and updating. As new data becomes available, forecasts should be revised to reflect changing market conditions. By staying attuned to market dynamics and leveraging robust demand forecasting techniques, businesses can gain a competitive edge and navigate the uncertainties of the marketplace with greater confidence. Demand Forecasting explained Demand forecasting is an imperative component within the business strategy domain, enabling organisations to peer into the future and anticipate the ebb and flow of market demand. This intricate process of predicting consumer behaviour holds the key to optimising production, managing inventory precisely, and crafting marketing strategies that hit the bullseye. At the heart of demand forecasting lies the meticulous analysis of historical data, discerning patterns and trends illuminating the demand trajectory. Techniques such as moving averages and exponential smoothing transform this data into invaluable insights, guiding businesses toward the correct conclusions. Another avenue for demand forecasting involves venturing into the field of market research, where surveys, focus groups, and customer conversations unveil consumers’ hidden desires and preferences. This qualitative approach paints a vivid picture of market dynamics, allowing businesses to tailor their strategies accordingly. When historical data falls short or market shifts disrupt the landscape, businesses turn to the expertise of industry veterans – sales representatives, market analysts, and specialists with a wealth of knowledge. Their informed judgement acts as a compass, navigating the uncertainties and charting a course toward accurate demand forecasts. Econometric models, wielding the power of statistics and mathematical finesse, establish intricate connections between demand and economic factors like GDP, inflation, and consumer spending. These sophisticated tools, however, demand specialised knowledge and careful thought regarding complex economic relationships. Machine learning algorithms and artificial intelligence emerge as game-changers at the cutting edge of demand forecasting. Their ability to process vast data volumes and discern intricate patterns unlocks a new level of precision. These methods capture the nuances of non-linear relationships and integrate a diverse array of variables, yielding forecasts that resonate with market realities. The choice of demand forecasting method hinges on a delicate balance of factors: the nature of the product or service, the availability of historical data, the degree of market uncertainty, and the resources at hand. Often, a prudent approach involves blending multiple methods, and harnessing their collective strengths to enhance forecast accuracy. Regular updates to demand forecasts are paramount in a world of constant flux. Market conditions, economic trends, and consumer whims can shift lightning, demanding businesses to stay nimble and responsive. By continuously monitoring actual demand and incorporating fresh data, organisations can refine their forecasts, ensuring their decisions remain grounded in reality. Demand forecasting, an art as much as a science, lies at the heart of business success. It empowers organisations to hone their operations, minimise costs, and adapt seamlessly to the ever-changing market landscape. Embracing this practice enables businesses to navigate the complexities of consumer demand, securing their competitive edge and propelling them toward sustained growth. Benefits of demand forecasting Businesses that accurately forecast demand gain a competitive edge by optimising inventory levels, improving customer satisfaction, planning for future production and staffing needs, identifying and mitigating risks in the supply chain, and supporting data-driven decision-making and strategic planning. Optimising inventory levels: Accurate demand forecasting and inventory planning help businesses maintain optimal inventory levels, avoiding stockouts that can lead to lost sales and customer dissatisfaction, as well as excess inventory that ties up capital and incurs storage costs. By aligning inventory levels with anticipated demand, businesses can minimise costs and maximise profitability. Improving customer satisfaction: To attain customer satisfaction, you must first meet customer demand. When businesses accurately forecast demand, they can ensure adequate inventory to promptly fulfil customer orders. This reduces the likelihood of stockouts, backorders, and delayed deliveries, all of which can lead to customer frustration and churn. By consistently meeting customer demand, businesses build customer trust and loyalty. Planning for future production and staffing needs: Demand forecasting enables businesses to plan for future production and staffing needs. By anticipating demand trends, businesses can adjust their production schedules and workforce levels accordingly. This helps them avoid production bottlenecks, capacity constraints, and labour shortages, ensuring smooth operations and efficient resource allocation. Identifying and mitigating risks in the supply chain: Demand forecasting helps businesses identify potential risks in the supply chain, such as disruptions due to natural disasters, geopolitical events, or supplier issues. By anticipating these risks, businesses can develop contingency plans and mitigation strategies to minimise their impact on operations and customer service. Supporting data-driven decision-making and strategic planning: Accurate demand forecasting provides valuable insights that inform the organisation’s data-driven decision-making and strategic planning. It helps businesses allocate resources effectively, set realistic sales targets, optimise marketing campaigns, and make informed product development and expansion investments. By leveraging demand forecasting, businesses can make proactive decisions that align with market dynamics and customer needs, driving long-term growth and success. Challenges of demand forecasting Businesses face numerous challenges when forecasting demand, which can impact the accuracy and effectiveness of their predictions. One significant challenge lies in data accuracy and availability. Businesses rely on various data sources, such as historical sales data, market research, and economic indicators, to forecast demand. However, the accuracy and reliability of these data sources can vary, leading to potential errors in the forecasting process. Some businesses may also need more historical data, especially for new products or services, making it difficult to establish reliable demand patterns. Another challenge in demand forecasting is the influence of external factors beyond a business’s control. Economic conditions, changes in consumer preferences, technological advancements, and global events can significantly impact internal demand forecasting. For instance, a sudden economic downturn can lead to decreased demand for non-essential products, while a new technological innovation may disrupt existing markets and create unexpected demand. Businesses must continuously monitor and analyse these external factors to adjust their demand forecasts accordingly. Long lead times, particularly in industries with complex supply chains, pose another challenge in demand forecasting. Certain products may require extended production or shipping times, making it difficult to predict demand over longer horizons accurately. This challenge is compounded by the risk of stockouts or overstocking, which can negatively affect customer satisfaction and profitability. Product seasonality also presents forecasting difficulties. Demand for specific products or services may fluctuate significantly based on seasonal factors, such as weather, holidays, or fashion trends. Accurately predicting these seasonal variations is vital to avoid stockouts during peak demand periods and excess inventory during off-seasons. Lastly, rapidly changing consumer preferences can disrupt even the most carefully crafted demand forecasts. Factors such as evolving tastes, social media, consumer trends, and consumer behaviour shifts can quickly alter market dynamics. Businesses must stay agile and responsive to these changes by continuously gathering and analysing consumer insights to adapt their demand forecasts. Addressing these challenges requires businesses to adopt robust demand forecasting methodologies, leverage advanced analytics tools, and maintain a data-driven approach. By overcoming these obstacles, businesses can improve the accuracy of their demand forecasts, increase their operations, and gain a competitive advantage in the market. Why Is Demand Forecasting Important for Businesses? Demand forecasting is a crucial business process that enables companies to anticipate future demand for their products or services. By accurately predicting demand, businesses can maximise their operations and make informed decisions that drive growth and profitability. Demand forecasting is a necessity when it comes to several key areas: Supply Chain Management: Accurate demand forecasting allows businesses to maintain optimal inventory levels, reducing the risk of stockouts and overstocking. This optimisation of inventory levels directly impacts cash flow, customer satisfaction, and overall supply chain efficiency. Production Planning: With precise demand forecasts, businesses can effectively plan their production schedules to meet anticipated demand. This ensures that they have the right resources, materials, and workforce in place to fulfil customer orders efficiently. Proper planning minimises production disruptions, reduces costs, and enhances operational efficiency. Marketing and Sales Strategies: Demand forecasting provides valuable insights into market trends and customer preferences. This information empowers businesses to develop targeted marketing and sales strategies that resonate with their customers. By aligning marketing efforts with forecasted demand, businesses can make the most of their marketing budgets and maximise their return on investment. Financial Planning and Budgeting: Accurate demand forecasting enables businesses to make informed financial decisions. By anticipating future demand and revenue, businesses can create realistic budgets, allocate resources effectively, and plan for future investments. This financial planning ensures the long-term sustainability and growth of the business. Risk Management: Demand forecasting helps businesses identify potential risks and challenges in the market. By anticipating fluctuations in demand, businesses can develop contingency plans to mitigate these risks and minimise their impact on operations. This proactive approach enhances business resilience and allows companies to respond swiftly to changing market conditions. Overall, demand forecasting is an essential tool that empowers businesses to make data-driven decisions, increase their operations, and gain a competitive edge in the market. By accurately predicting future demand, businesses can achieve improved customer satisfaction, increased profitability, and sustainable growth. What Factors Impact Demand Forecasting? This section discusses the various factors that can impact demand forecasting. These factors include economic conditions, seasonality, weather, competitors’ actions, and changes in consumer preferences. Economic conditions play a significant role in demand forecasting. A strong economy typically increases demand for goods and services, while a weak economy can lead to decreased demand. Factors such as GDP growth, inflation, interest rates, and consumer confidence affect economic conditions and demand forecasting. Seasonality is another essential factor to consider in demand forecasting. Many products and services experience predictable fluctuations in demand throughout the year. For example, demand for ice cream is typically higher in the summer months, while demand for winter coats is higher in the winter months. Businesses need to take seasonality into account when forecasting demand to ensure that they have adequate inventory to meet customer needs. Weather can also impact demand forecasting. For example, a cold and snowy winter can increase demand for heating oil and snow removal services, while a hot and dry summer can increase demand for air conditioners and swimming pools. Businesses located in areas with volatile weather patterns need to adjust their demand forecasts quickly in response to changing weather conditions. Competitors’ actions can also affect demand forecasting. For example, if a competitor launches a new product or service similar to yours, it can decrease demand for your product or service. Businesses need to keep a close eye on their competitors’ activities and be prepared to adjust their demand forecasts accordingly. Finally, changes in consumer preferences can also impact demand forecasting. For example, becoming more health-conscious can lead to decreased passive demand forecasting for sugary snacks and increased demand for healthy foods. Businesses need to be aware of changing consumer preferences and be able to adjust their demand forecasts accordingly. By considering all of these factors, businesses can improve the accuracy of their demand forecasts and make better-informed decisions about production, inventory, and marketing. 7 Demand Forecasting Types When it comes to demand forecasting, there exists a diverse array of methodologies, each tailored to specific business scenarios and product characteristics. Let’s take a deeper look into seven prominent demand forecasting types, exploring their distinctive features, strengths, and limitations: 1. Historical Data Analysis: This method leverages historical sales data to project future demand. It’s straightforward to implement, making it a popular choice for businesses with ample historical information. However, its accuracy is limited by the assumption that past trends will continue into the future, which may only sometimes hold true. 2. Expert Opinion: This method involves soliciting insights from industry experts, sales personnel, or customers to estimate future demand for a product. It’s beneficial when historical data is scarce, or the product is new to the market. However, the accuracy of this method hinges on the expertise and objectivity of the individuals providing the estimates. 3. Market Research: Conducting market research surveys, focus groups, or analysing consumer behaviour can provide valuable insights into future demand. This method is well-suited for new product launches or understanding evolving customer preferences. However, it can be time-consuming and may not accurately capture purchasing behaviour accurately. 4. Econometric Models: These models incorporate economic indicators, such as GDP growth, inflation, and consumer spending, to forecast demand. They are advantageous when there’s a strong correlation between economic factors and product demand. However, econometric models require robust data and expertise in economic analysis, which may only be readily available to some businesses. 5. Time Series Analysis: This method analyses historical demand data to identify patterns and trends. It’s effective for products with relatively stable demand patterns. However, it needs help to capture sudden shifts in demand caused by unforeseen events or market disruptions. 6. Causal Models: Establish cause-and-effect relationships between various factors and demand. They are helpful when there’s a clear understanding of demand drivers, such as advertising, promotions, or pricing. However, building causal models can be complex and requires substantial data and expertise. 7. Machine Learning Algorithms: These algorithms leverage historical data and advanced statistical techniques to predict demand. They excel in handling large datasets and identifying intricate patterns. However, machine learning models require specialised expertise and can be challenging to interpret, making it difficult to understand the underlying reasons behind the forecasts. Each of these demand forecasting methods has its merits and drawbacks. The choice of method depends on factors such as data availability, product characteristics, market dynamics, and the level of accuracy required. Businesses should carefully evaluate these factors and select the most appropriate method to ensure reliable and actionable demand forecasts. How to Forecast Demand To forecast demand, businesses can leverage historical sales data and market research to gain insights into past demand patterns and market trends. This data can be analysed using statistical techniques and econometric models to identify factors influencing demand, such as seasonality, economic conditions, and consumer preferences. Businesses can also employ machine learning and artificial intelligence algorithms to analyse large volumes of data and identify complex relationships between variables that may impact demand. Qualitative factors such as consumer behaviour, economic conditions, and competitive activity should be considered when forecasting demand. Consumer surveys, focus groups, and market research can provide valuable insights into consumer preferences and buying patterns. Economic indicators such as GDP growth, inflation, and unemployment rates can also impact demand, while understanding the strategies and actions of competitors can help businesses anticipate changes in market share. Regularly updating and refining forecasts is crucial due to the evolving nature of markets. New information and changing market conditions can quickly render forecasts obsolete. Businesses should establish a process for continuously monitoring demand-related data and incorporate new information into their forecasts as soon as it becomes available. This agility allows businesses to adapt their strategies and make informed decisions in response to evolving market conditions. Businesses can develop robust demand forecasts that support effective decision-making by combining historical data analysis, market research, qualitative insights, and machine learning techniques. Accurate demand forecasting enables businesses to advance production schedules, manage inventory levels, plan marketing campaigns, and allocate resources efficiently, ultimately driving growth and profitability. Demand Forecasting Methods Demand forecasting is critical to business planning, enabling companies to make informed decisions about production, inventory, marketing, and financial strategies. Businesses can utilise various demand forecasting methods to predict future demand for their products or services. Here are some commonly used demand forecasting methods: Time Series Analysis: This method analyses historical demand data to identify patterns and trends. It assumes that future demand will follow similar patterns as observed. Time series analysis includes techniques such as moving averages, exponential smoothing, and seasonal decomposition of time series. Causal Analysis: This method identifies and analyses the causal factors influencing demand. It involves studying the relationship between demand and factors such as economic conditions, market trends, consumer behaviour, and competitive activity. Causal analysis helps businesses understand the underlying drivers of demand and make more accurate forecasts. Judgmental Forecasting: This method involves using the knowledge and expertise of experienced professionals to make demand forecasts. It is often used when historical data is limited or when qualitative factors play a significant role in demand. Judgmental qualitative demand forecasting techniques include expert opinion, the Delphi method, and market research. Machine Learning: Machine learning algorithms can be used to analyse large volumes of data and identify complex patterns that may not be evident through traditional quantitative demand forecasting and methods. Machine learning techniques such as regression analysis, decision trees, and neural networks can be applied to demand forecasting. Econometric Models: These models use statistical and economic theories to forecast demand. They incorporate economic variables such as income, prices, interest rates, and consumer sentiment to predict future demand. Econometric models are often used for short-term demand and long-term demand forecasting. The choice of demand forecasting method depends on several factors, including the availability of historical data, the nature of the product or service, the forecast horizon, and the level of accuracy required. By selecting the appropriate demand forecasting method and regularly updating forecasts based on new data, businesses can improve their decision-making and achieve better operational efficiency and profitability. Demand Forecasting Examples Demand forecasting is a valuable tool for businesses of all sizes and industries. Here are a few examples of how demand forecasting can be used in practice: Retail: A clothing retailer might use demand forecasting to predict how many units of a new product to produce for the upcoming season. By considering factors such as historical sales data, current fashion trends, and economic conditions, the retailer can decide how much inventory to carry to meet customer demand. Manufacturing: A industrial equipment manufacturer might use demand forecasting to predict how many units of a particular product to produce each month. By considering factors such as customer orders, production capacity, and lead times, the manufacturer can ensure that it has enough inventory to meet customer demand without overproducing. Transportation: A logistics company might use demand and forecasting models to predict how much freight it will need to transport each week. By considering factors such as shipping volumes, economic conditions, and weather patterns, the logistics company can ensure that it has enough resources to meet customer demand. Healthcare: A hospital might use demand forecasting to predict how many patients it will need to accommodate daily. By considering factors such as historical patient data, current patient trends, and the availability of medical staff, the hospital can ensure that it has enough resources to meet patient demand. Technology: A software company might use demand forecasting to predict how many licences of a new software product to sell each month. By considering factors such as market research, competitor analysis, and pricing strategy, the software company can ensure that it has enough licenses to meet customer demand without overproducing. Demand Forecasting Trends Demand forecasting has significantly transformed in recent years, driven by technological advancements and changing business dynamics. The emergence of real-time data and machine learning has revolutionised the field, enabling businesses to make more accurate and timely predictions. Real-time data provides businesses with up-to-the-minute information on market conditions, consumer behaviour, and supply chain dynamics, allowing them to respond quickly to changes in demand. Machine learning algorithms analyse vast amounts of data to identify patterns and trends, enabling businesses to make more accurate forecasts and optimise their operations. Collaborative planning is another critical trend in demand forecasting. This approach involves bringing together stakeholders across the organisation, including sales, marketing, production, and finance, to develop demand forecasts collectively. Collaborative demand planning also fosters a shared understanding of market dynamics and ensures forecasts align with the business strategy. By combining the knowledge and expertise of various teams, businesses can improve the accuracy and reliability of their demand forecasts. The rise of artificial intelligence (AI) and advanced analytics further enhances demand forecasting capabilities. AI-powered tools can analyse vast amounts of data, identify complex patterns, and make predictions with a high degree of accuracy. Advanced analytics techniques, such as predictive modelling and simulation, enable businesses to test different scenarios and make informed decisions about their production and inventory levels. By leveraging AI and advanced analytics, businesses can gain a competitive edge by optimising their supply chains and meeting customer demand more effectively. In summary, the evolution of demand forecasting is characterised by integrating real-time data, machine learning, collaborative planning, and AI-powered analytics. These trends are revolutionising how businesses predict demand, enabling them to make more accurate and data-driven decisions. By embracing these trends, businesses can gain a competitive advantage, progress their operations, and meet the ever-changing needs of their customers. How to Choose Demand Forecasting Software Choosing the right demand forecasting software is essential for businesses developing their operations and making informed decisions. With a wide range of demand forecasting software options available, it’s essential to consider several key factors to select the best tool for your organisation. 1. Assess Your Business Needs: Before selecting software, thoroughly assess your business’s unique needs and requirements. Consider the size and complexity of your organisation, the industry you operate in, and the specific forecasting challenges you face. Determine the level of accuracy and granularity required for your forecasts and the types of data you need to analyse. 2. Evaluate Software Features and Functionality: Evaluate the features and functionality offered by different demand forecasting software options. Look for software that provides the necessary capabilities, such as historical data analysis, trend identification, seasonal adjustment, and scenario modelling. Consider the user interface, ease of use, and the level of customisation available to meet your specific requirements. 3. Scalability and Integration: Choose software that can scale to meet your growing business needs. Consider whether the software can handle increasing data volumes and complexity as your business expands. Assess the software’s ability to integrate with your existing systems, including enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) systems, to ensure seamless data flow and analysis. 4. Cost and Return on Investment: Compare the costs associated with different software options, including licensing fees, implementation costs, and ongoing maintenance and support. Evaluate the potential return on investment (ROI) by considering the benefits the software can bring in terms of improved forecast accuracy, reduced inventory costs, optimised production planning, and enhanced customer service. 5. Customer Support and Training: Consider the level of customer support and training provided by the software vendors. Ensure that the vendor offers responsive and reliable support to address any issues or queries you may have. Assess the availability of training resources, such as user manuals, tutorials, and workshops, to help your team effectively use the software. 6. Data Security and Compliance: Evaluate the software’s security measures to protect your sensitive business data. Ensure that the software complies with relevant industry regulations and standards. Consider the data encryption methods, access controls, and disaster recovery plans offered by the software vendor. By carefully considering these factors, you can select the demand forecasting software that best aligns with your business goals and requirements, enabling you to make data-driven decisions and gain a competitive edge in your industry. Make Demand Forecasting Easier with LIKE.TG Demand forecasting is an essential business process, but getting accurate results can take time and effort. LIKE.TG makes demand forecasting easier with AI-powered tools that help you get accurate results in minutes, collaborate with your team on forecasts, and adjust your forecasts as new data comes in. You’ll also get real-time insights into your demand forecast so you can make informed decisions. LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools use a variety of data sources to create accurate forecasts, including historical sales data, current market conditions, and even future sales trends. This data is then analysed using machine learning algorithms to identify patterns and relationships that can be used to predict future demand. LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools are easy to use and can be customised to meet the specific needs of your business. You can create forecasts for individual products or services or entire product lines. You can also create forecasts for different periods, such as days, weeks, or months. Once you’ve created a forecast, you can share it with your team and collaborate on it. You can also track the accuracy of your forecasts over time and make adjustments as needed. LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools are valuable for businesses of all sizes. They can help you improve your planning and decision-making, ultimately increasing your profitability. Here are some of the benefits of using LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools: Get accurate results in minutes: LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools use AI-powered algorithms to analyse data and create accurate forecasts quickly and easily. Collaborate with your team: You can share your forecasts with your team and collaborate on them. This makes getting everyone on the same page and making better choices easy. Adjust your forecasts as new data comes in: LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools allow you to adjust your forecasts as new data becomes available. This ensures that your forecasts are always up-to-date and accurate. Get real-time insights into your demand forecast: LIKE.TG’s demand forecasting tools provide real-time insights into your demand forecast. This information can help you make better choices regarding your business.

					What Is Revenue Forecasting?
What Is Revenue Forecasting?
Revenue and forecasting models are significant business practices that predict future revenue based on historical data, future demand, and current trends. It empowers businesses to plan for growth, make informed decisions, and effectively manage their finances. This blog post will closely examine the revenue forecasting model, exploring its benefits, challenges, and methodologies. We will also provide practical tips to enhance backlog revenue forecasting model accuracy and ensure sustainable business growth. Revenue forecasts explained So, why is revenue forecasting important? Revenue forecasting is the foundation within the business planning space, empowering organisations to peer into the future and anticipate their financial trajectory. This entails meticulously analysing historical data and current market trends to make informed predictions about upcoming revenue streams. This process of revenue forecast models acts like a compass for financial planning, guiding businesses through the complexities of decision-making, resource allocation, and financial management of future revenues. The significance of revenue forecasting cannot be overstated. It serves as a starting point for businesses to chart their course towards growth and sustainability. Businesses can allocate their resources judiciously by accurately predicting future revenue growth, ensuring that every dollar invested yields maximum returns. This foresight enables them to make choices regarding investments, sales team hiring, and marketing strategies, significant for startups and small businesses with limited resources. For large enterprises, revenue forecasting is equally important in navigating the complexities of growth and financial management. It gives business leaders the necessary insights to make strategic decisions about product development, market expansion, and capital investments. By anticipating revenue streams or forecasting revenue and drivers, these businesses can elevate their operations, identify revenue growth and expansion opportunities, and mitigate potential risks. Revenue forecasting is an art and a science, blending historical data with market intelligence to make accurate forecasts that paint a vivid picture of the future. By mastering this practice, businesses gain the power to navigate uncertainty and seize opportunities for sustainable growth. It is a practice that empowers businesses to thrive in a dynamic and ever-changing marketplace. Benefits of revenue forecasting Revenue forecasting offers a wealth of benefits to businesses, enabling them to improve resource allocation and navigate the ever-changing market landscape with greater agility. One of the primary advantages of a revenue forecasting business model is its ability to guide businesses in making well-informed decisions about resource allocation. By accurately predicting future revenue, companies can allocate their resources judiciously, directing investments towards areas with the highest potential for growth and profitability. This data-driven approach minimises wastage and maximises returns, ensuring that every dollar invested yields optimal results. Another significant benefit of a revenue forecasting model is its role in proactively managing cash flow and preventing unexpected financial surprises. By using accurate revenue forecasting models and anticipating revenue streams, businesses can effectively plan for upcoming expenses and manage their cash flow more efficiently. This foresight allows companies to avoid cash flow shortfalls, ensuring they have the necessary liquidity to meet their financial obligations and capitalise on new opportunities. Revenue forecasting also plays a key role in setting realistic sales targets for marketing campaigns and tracking the sales pipeline’s progress towards achieving them. With accurate revenue projections, businesses can establish achievable sales goals that align the sales cycle with their overall growth objectives. This clarity enables sales teams to focus on high-priority prospects and develop targeted strategies to drive revenue growth. Regularly monitoring the sales pipeline and team’s progress against these targets allows businesses to make timely adjustments and course corrections, ensuring they stay on track to meet their revenue goals. In summary, revenue forecasting is a powerful tool that empowers businesses to see future sales, make better decisions regarding revenue, optimise resource allocation and growth rate, manage cash flow effectively, and set realistic sales targets. By leveraging historical data and current trends to create a revenue forecast, businesses can gain invaluable insights into their future revenue potential and navigate the complexities of the market with greater confidence and success. Challenges of revenue forecasting Within the scope of revenue forecasting, while presenting a plethora of benefits, is not without its share of formidable challenges. One significant hurdle businesses encounter in performing revenue forecasting is acquiring precise and dependable historical data points. Formulating well-informed predictions hinges on compiling historical and future sales data, market trends, and economic indicators. However, the accuracy of these data sources can be undermined by human error, data manipulation, or external factors that lie beyond a company’s sphere of control. Consequently, generating reliable and accurate revenue forecasts can be an arduous task. Another challenge emanates from the inherent unpredictability of external events. Economic fluctuations, shifts in consumer preferences, technological advancements, and regulatory changes can profoundly impact revenue projections. For instance, the COVID-19 pandemic served as a stark reminder of the disruptive potential of unforeseen events, as it wreaked havoc on global supply chains and consumer behaviour, resulting in substantial revenue losses for countless businesses. Navigating such volatile environments demands high adaptability and responsiveness to changing circumstances. Human error lurks as a constant threat in the revenue forecasting process. Manual data entry, computational errors, and subjective judgments can introduce inaccuracies that undermine the integrity of the revenue and forecasted revenue and models. To mitigate this challenge, businesses must implement robust data validation protocols, embrace automated revenue forecasting models and tools, and involve multiple stakeholders. By doing so, they can minimise the likelihood of human-induced errors and enhance the reliability of their forecast revenue projections. The intricate nature of contemporary business models further compounds the challenges of revenue forecasting. Businesses today operate within dynamic and interconnected markets, rendering accurate predictions of revenue streams increasingly elusive. Factors such as product diversification, global expansion, and evolving customer segments add complexity to the revenue forecasting process. To navigate this, businesses must employ sophisticated revenue forecasting models and techniques and leverage advanced analytics to account for these complexities and improve the precision of their revenue projections. Last but not least, the ever-shifting sands of customer behaviour pose a persistent challenge for revenue forecasting. Consumer preferences, purchasing patterns, and market trends are in perpetual flux, making it arduous for businesses to keep pace. To surmount this obstacle, businesses must constantly be vigilant about market dynamics, conduct regular customer surveys, and meticulously analyse consumer data to gain invaluable insights into these shifting behaviours. By attuning themselves to the pulse of their customers, businesses can refine their revenue forecasts and adapt their sales strategies accordingly, ensuring their continued success in the face of constant change. Types of revenue forecasting methods Several revenue and forecasting tools and methods are available, each with advantages and disadvantages. The choice of method depends on the availability of data, the complexity of the various business models, and the level of accuracy required. One standard revenue forecasting method is the moving average method. This method takes the average of the revenue from a specified number of past periods and uses it to predict future revenue. The moving average method is simple to use and understand, but it can be slow to react to changes in the underlying trend. Another revenue forecasting method is exponential smoothing. This method assigns exponentially decreasing weights to past revenue data, with more recent data given more weight. Exponential smoothing is more responsive to changes in the underlying trend than the moving average method, but it can be more sensitive to noise in the data. Regression analysis is a statistical technique that can be used to predict revenue based on the relationship between expected revenue, and other variables, such as economic indicators, marketing efforts, and competitive activity. Regression analysis can be a powerful revenue forecasting tool, but it requires significant data and can be difficult to implement. Monte Carlo simulation is a technique that uses random sampling to generate a range of possible, future values for revenue outcomes. The Monte Carlo simulation can be used to estimate the probability of achieving different forecast revenue and targets and assess the risk associated with different revenue targets and forecasts. Monte Carlo simulation is a powerful revenue forecasting tool, but it can be computationally intensive and requires significant data. Bottom-up revenue forecasting software is a method that involves building a revenue forecast from the ground up, by starting with individual sales estimates for each product or service and then aggregating them to arrive at a total revenue forecast. The bottom-up revenue forecasting model is a detailed and accurate revenue forecasting method, but it can be time-consuming and complex to implement. The choice of revenue forecasting method depends on the specific needs and circumstances of the business. Some businesses may find that a simple method like the moving average method is sufficient, while others may need a more sophisticated method like regression analysis or Monte Carlo simulation. How to improve revenue forecasting accuracy To improve revenue forecasting accuracy, businesses should leverage historical performance data to identify patterns and trends in past performance that can inform their future sales projections. By analysing past performance, businesses can gain insights into seasonal fluctuations, economic cycles, and customer behaviour that affect revenue, enabling them to make more informed revenue predictions. Additionally, gathering and analysing market research can provide valuable information about industry trends, competitors’ strategies, and customer preferences. This information can be incorporated into revenue forecasts to enhance accuracy and reliability. Incorporating machine learning and artificial intelligence (AI) into revenue and forecasting models can significantly improve the accuracy of predictions. These technologies can analyse large volumes of data, identify complex patterns, and make predictions based on real-time information. By leveraging machine learning and AI, businesses can better understand customer behaviour and market dynamics, resulting in more precise and accurate revenue forecasts. Regularly reviewing sales forecasting and updating forecasts is essential to maintaining accuracy. Businesses should continuously make sales forecasts, monitor actual performance against sales forecast-ed results and adjust sales forecasts as needed. This process ensures accurate forecasting and that forecasts remain aligned with changing market conditions and evolving business strategies. Finally, conducting scenario planning and sensitivity analysis can help businesses create a revenue forecast and assess the impact of different variables on revenue forecasts. Businesses can make more robust and resilient revenue projections by considering various scenarios, such as changes in economic conditions, competitive landscapes, or customer demand. By implementing these strategies, businesses can significantly improve the accuracy of their revenue forecasts, enabling them to optimise resource allocation, and achieve their financial goals. How to Forecast Revenue Building an accurate revenue forecast is crucial for any business looking to allocate resources effectively, and achieve its financial goals. Historical revenue data serves as valuable groundwork to begin the forecasting process. Businesses can identify patterns, seasonality, and growth rates by analysing past revenue and identifying trends therein, providing insights into future performance. The next step, which affects the revenue forecast, involves recognising external factors that may impact revenue, such as market conditions, industry trends, and economic fluctuations. Incorporating these external factors into the revenue forecast helps create a more realistic and comprehensive revenue projection. Businesses can then employ various revenue forecasting models and projection methods to enhance the accuracy of their revenue predictions. Some standard revenue forecasting methods and projection methods include: Moving Average: This method calculates the average revenue over a specific period, such as the last 12 months. It is straightforward and suitable for stable revenue patterns. Exponential Smoothing: This method assigns more weight to recent revenue growth rate data, assuming it is more indicative of future revenue growth rates and trends. It is useful when revenue is growing or declining at a steady rate. Regression Analysis: This statistical technique establishes a relationship between a company’s revenue and one or more independent variables, such as marketing spend or economic indicators. It is effective when a clear correlation exists between revenue and these variables. Monte Carlo Simulation: This method uses random sampling to generate multiple possible revenue outcomes, providing a range of potential scenarios. It is beneficial for complex revenue streams with multiple variables. Bottom-up Forecasting: The bottom-up pipeline revenue forecasting model or method estimates revenue by summing up individual revenue components, such as product lines or customer segments. It is suitable for businesses with diverse revenue streams. By combining historical data analysis, external factor consideration, a forecasting model, and other appropriate forecasting tools and methods, businesses can generate revenue forecasts that are both accurate and reliable. This empowers them to make strategic decisions, optimise resource allocation, and navigate the uncertainties of the business landscape with greater confidence.

					Sales Analysis: The Complete Guide
Sales Analysis: The Complete Guide
Sales analysis is a major component of business success, providing valuable insights into sales performance, customer behaviour, and market trends. By leveraging data analysis techniques, businesses can identify areas for improvement, increase sales strategies, and gain a competitive edge. In this exhaustive guide, we’ll look deeper into sales analysis, exploring its significance, various types of products, sales analysis, key metrics, and the benefits it offers. Additionally, we will uncover the powerful sales analysis tools available within LIKE.TG, empowering businesses to make data-driven decisions and drive growth. What is sales analysis? Today, sales analysis has emerged as a powerful tool that empowers businesses to make informed decisions, better sales strategies, and drive growth. It involves the systematic collection, analysis, and interpretation of data related to sales performance, customer behaviour, and market trends. By leveraging sales analysis, businesses gain valuable insights into their sales operations, enabling them to identify areas for improvement, address challenges, and capitalise on opportunities. Sales analysis plays a key role in understanding the effectiveness of sales strategies and tactics. By analysing sales data, businesses can determine which strategies are yielding positive results and which ones need to be revised. This data-driven approach allows sales managers to allocate resources efficiently, focus on high-potential opportunities, and eliminate ineffective strategies. Sales analysis also provides insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. This knowledge empowers businesses to tailor their sales strategies to meet the specific needs and expectations of their target audience, resulting in enhanced customer satisfaction and increased sales. To continue, sales analysis enables businesses to identify trends and patterns in sales performance. By recognising these trends, businesses can anticipate market changes, adapt their strategies accordingly, and stay ahead of the competition. Additionally, sales analysis helps businesses identify underperforming sales representatives and provides valuable feedback for coaching and training purposes. This data-driven approach to performance management ensures that sales reps and teams are equipped with the skills and knowledge necessary to excel in their roles. The importance of sales analysis Understanding the significance of sales analysis is crucial for businesses aiming to achieve sustainable growth and success. It’s a powerful tool that empowers businesses to make informed decisions, advance their sales strategies, and drive revenue growth by providing valuable insights into their sales performance. Through meticulous analysis of sales data and market research, businesses can uncover hidden trends, patterns, and correlations that reveal customer behaviour, preferences, and buying habits. Armed with this knowledge, they can tailor their sales approach to better align with customer needs, leading to increased sales opportunities and enhanced customer satisfaction. Sales analysis acts as a diagnostic tool, helping businesses identify areas for improvement within their sales process. By pinpointing strengths and weaknesses in sales processes, businesses can allocate resources more efficiently, focusing on high-potential opportunities and providing targeted training to their sales teams. This data-driven approach ensures that sales efforts are optimised, resulting in increased productivity and overall performance. Sales analysis provides a solid foundation for strategic decision-making. It enables businesses to make choices based on facts and evidence rather than simple assumptions or intuition. This analytical approach to sales strategy significantly reduces risks and increases the likelihood of success, allowing businesses to remain competitive and thrive in a dynamic market environment. In essence, sales analysis is an indispensable tool for businesses seeking to drive growth and success. By using sales data analysis and harnessing the power of data, businesses can gain profound insights into their sales performance, identify opportunities for improvement, and make informed decisions that lead to increased revenue and long-term sustainability. Embracing sales analysis is a strategic move that sets businesses on a path of continuous improvement and competitive advantage. Types of sales analysis There are several types of sales analysis that businesses can use to improve their sales performance and grow their business. Some of the most common types of sales analysis include: 1. Sales performance analysis: This type of analysis involves collecting and analysing data on sales performance, such as sales volume, revenue, and market share. This data can be used to identify trends and patterns in sales performance, as well as to identify areas for improvement in the sales pipeline. 2. Sales forecasting: This type of analysis involves using historical sales data to predict future sales. This can be used to help businesses make informed decisions about resource allocation, production levels, and marketing campaigns. 3. Customer segmentation: This type of analysis involves dividing customers into different groups based on their demographics, psychographics, and buying behaviour. This can be used to help businesses tailor their marketing and sales strategies to specific customer groups. 4. Product profitability analysis: This type of analysis involves calculating the profitability of individual products or product lines. This can be used to analyse sales and help businesses make decisions about which products to focus on and which products to discontinue. 5. Competitor analysis: This type of analysis involves collecting and analysing data on competitors’ sales performance, marketing strategies, and product offerings. This can be used to help businesses identify competitive advantages and develop strategies to differentiate themselves from their competitors. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Sales analysis metrics KPIs Sales analysis metrics and KPIs are essential for measuring sales performance, using sales targets, identifying areas for improvement, and making informed decisions about sales strategies. These metrics provide businesses with valuable insights into their sales performance and help them track their progress towards achieving their sales goals. Some of the most common predictive sales analysis, metrics and KPIs include: 1. Sales revenue: This metric measures the total amount of revenue generated from sales. It is a key indicator of the overall financial performance of the sales team and can be used to track the team performance and sales growth over time. 2. Number of sales: This metric measures the total number of sales transactions completed. It can be used to track the sales volume and identify trends in sales activity. 3. Average order value: This metric measures the average amount of money spent per sales transaction. It can be used to track the profitability of a sales rep and identify opportunities to increase the average order value. 4. Customer acquisition cost: This metric measures the cost of acquiring a new customer. It can be used to track the efficiency of sales and marketing efforts and identify opportunities to reduce customer acquisition costs. 5. Customer lifetime value: This metric measures the total amount of revenue that a customer is expected to generate over their lifetime. It can be used to track the profitability of customers and identify opportunities to increase customer loyalty. 6. Sales cycle length: This metric measures sales pipeline analysis and the average amount of time it takes to complete a sales transaction. It can be used to track the efficiency of the sales process and identify opportunities to shorten the sales cycle. 7. Win rate: This metric measures the percentage of sales opportunities that result in a closed sale. It can be used to track the effectiveness of the sales process and identify opportunities to improve the win rate. These are just a few examples of the many sales analysis metrics and KPIs that businesses can use to measure their sales performance. By tracking these sales trend analysis metrics and KPIs, businesses can gain valuable insights into their sales performance and make informed decisions about their sales strategies. Benefits of sales analysis Sales analysis is a powerful tool that can help businesses improve their sales performance and efficiency. By analysing sales data, businesses can identify areas for improvement and growth, and make informed decisions about resource allocation and sales strategies. One of the key benefits of sales analysis is that it provides actionable insights for decision-making. By understanding which sales strategies are working and which ones are not, businesses can make adjustments to improve their sales performance. For example, if a business finds through sales analytics that a particular product is not selling well, it can decide to discontinue that product or develop a new marketing strategy to increase sales. Sales can perform a sales analysis that can also help businesses with forecasting and budgeting. By analysing historical sales data, businesses can make informed predictions about future sales. This information can be used to develop budgets and make decisions about staffing levels and inventory. Finally, sales analysis can help businesses improve customer satisfaction and loyalty. By understanding customer buying patterns and preferences, businesses can develop products and services that meet the needs of their customers. This can lead to increased sales and customer loyalty. A sales analysis report is a valuable tool that can help businesses improve their sales performance, efficiency, and customer satisfaction. By analysing sales data, businesses can gain insights into their sales process, identify areas for improvement, and make informed decisions about resource allocation and sales strategies. Sales analysis tools at LIKE.TG Sales analysis tools are essential for businesses that want to understand their sales performance and make informed decisions. LIKE.TG offers a range of various sales analysis reports and tools that can help businesses of all sizes improve their sales performance. These tools include LIKE.TG Analytics Cloud, Einstein Analytics, Tableau CRM, Datorama, and LIKE.TG reports and dashboards. LIKE.TG Analytics Cloud is a powerful business intelligence platform that provides users with a variety of tools for data analysis and visualisation. With LIKE.TG Analytics Cloud, businesses can create custom reports and dashboards to track their sales performance, identify trends, and make informed decisions. Einstein Analytics is a cloud-based artificial intelligence platform that can help businesses predict future sales trends and identify opportunities for growth. Einstein Analytics uses machine learning and artificial intelligence to analyse data and provide businesses with actionable insights. Tableau CRM is a cloud-based analytics platform that provides businesses with a variety of tools for data visualisation and analysis. Tableau CRM can be used to create interactive dashboards and reports that make it easy for businesses to track their sales performance and identify trends. Datorama is a cloud-based marketing analytics platform that can help businesses track their marketing performance and measure the ROI of their marketing campaigns. Datorama can be used to integrate data from multiple sources, including LIKE.TG, Google Analytics, and Adobe Analytics. Finally, LIKE.TG reports and dashboards provide businesses with a way to track their sales performance and identify trends. With LIKE.TG reports and dashboards, businesses can create custom reports and dashboards to track the sales metrics that are most important to them.

					What is a sales-qualified lead (SQL)
What is a sales-qualified lead (SQL)
A Sales-Qualified Lead (SQL) is a potential customer thoroughly assessed by both the marketing and sales teams. Having demonstrated an intention to purchase and meet specific lead qualification criteria, this prospect is considered suitable for advancing to the next phase in the sales process. Once a prospect surpasses the engagement stage, they receive the SQL label, signifying readiness for targeted efforts to convert them into a valued customer. A sales-qualified lead stands at that critical point in the sales process where they have moved beyond the initial interest or basic awareness and are now showing a clear intent to purchase. The way this distinction is made is through a meticulous qualification process, examining factors like your lead’s need for your product or service, their decision-making authority, and their readiness to make a purchase. Identifying a sales-qualified lead means acknowledging a lead’s transition from considering your offerings to actively seeking to solve a problem or fulfilling a need with what you have to offer. In the following piece, we’ll take a closer look into how sales-qualified leads are identified, the criteria that set them apart, and strategies for effectively managing and converting these valuable prospects. After all, understanding the nuances of sales-qualified leads is essential for any sales team aiming to advance their sales process and achieve better outcomes. Why are sales-qualified leads important? Sales-qualified leads (SQLs) are important because they represent the prospects that are most likely to convert into customers. They have already shown interest in a company’s product or service. They may have visited the company’s website, downloaded a whitepaper, or attended a webinar. By focusing on SQLs, sales teams can increase their efficiency and close more deals. In addition to representing new business potential, SQLs can help businesses focus their sales efforts on the most promising leads. By qualifying leads, sales teams can identify the prospects that are most likely to be a good fit for their product or service. This allows them to allocate their resources more effectively and focus on the leads that are most likely to close. The more information a business has about a lead, the better it can qualify them and determine if they are an SQL. Some of the most important information to collect about a lead includes their name, company, job title, email address, phone number, and interests. Businesses can also collect information about a lead’s budget, timeline, and pain points. This information can help sales teams to better understand the lead’s needs and tailor their sales pitch accordingly. By focusing on SQLs, sales teams can increase their efficiency and close more deals. SQLs represent the potential for new business and can help businesses focus their sales efforts on the most promising leads. By qualifying leads, sales teams can identify the prospects that are most likely to be a good fit for their product or service and allocate their resources more effectively. SQL vs. MQL Sales-qualified leads (SQLs) and marketing-qualified leads (MQLs) are two important concepts in the sales process. While both types of leads represent potential customers, they have key differences. MQLs are leads that have been generated by marketing efforts, such as advertising, email campaigns, or social media. These leads have expressed some interest in a company’s product or service, but they have not yet been qualified by the sales team. SQLs, on the other hand, are leads that have been qualified by the sales team as being worth pursuing. These leads have met certain criteria, such as having a budget, a need for the product or service, and the authority to make a purchase decision. The difference between SQLs and MQLs is important because it allows sales teams to focus their efforts on the most promising leads. By qualifying leads, sales teams can avoid wasting time on leads that are not likely to convert into customers. Here’s a closer look at the main differences between sales-qualified leads and marketing-qualified leads: Stage in the Sales Funnel: Marketing-qualified leads are just beginning their journey, their interest has been piqued, and yet they’re not yet ready to buy. Sales-qualified leads are further along and prepared to discuss purchasing. Engagement Level: Marketing-qualified leads interact with your content, showing interest. Sales-qualified leads take significant actions, like asking for a demo, indicating they’re ready to consider a purchase. Qualification Process: Marketing teams identify marketing-qualified leads based on their engagement activities. Sales teams then rigorously evaluate the sales-qualified leads, confirming their readiness and compatibility with what’s on offer. By understanding these distinctions, you can tailor your approach to nurturing and converting leads more effectively. Recognising what makes each type of lead unique allows your marketing and sales teams to align their efforts, moving leads through the sales funnel more efficiently and boosting your chances of making a sale. The shift from marketing to sales-qualified leads isn’t just about sorting leads; it’s about adopting a more strategic mindset that understands each buyer’s journey. It ensures every touchpoint is timely and relevant and propels the prospect closer to saying ‘yes’ to your solution. How Do Organisations Identify SQLs? Different businesses adopt a variety of criteria to identify their sales-qualified leads, a main point in refining the sales process. The success of this strategy depends on consistent collaboration between sales and marketing teams, aimed at ensuring the most promising leads are quickly recognised and nurtured, transitioning smoothly from marketing-qualified to sales-qualified status. Evaluating Engagement and Interest: Finding a viable sales-qualified lead starts with assessing how a lead interacts with your marketing efforts and their demonstrated interest in your offerings. This includes tracking website visits, content downloads, and social media activity and employing a scoring system to prioritise leads based on their level of engagement. This quantitative approach helps single out leads actively seeking solutions, ensuring focus is placed on those most interested. Assessing Budget and Authority: It’s critical to understand a lead’s interest and their ability to make purchasing decisions. By engaging leads with targeted questions, teams can gauge whether a lead has the necessary budget and decision-making authority, focusing efforts on leads capable of moving forward in the sales process. Determining Fit and Need: Assessing whether a lead’s requirements align with your offering involves a detailed look at company size, industry, and specific challenges. Marketing teams are key in this phase, using targeted content and communications to evaluate a lead’s needs and how they match up with your solutions, an essential step in moving a lead towards being sales-qualified. Timeline Consideration: Understanding when a lead plans to make a purchase is also highly important. Sales teams work to align a lead’s buying timeline with the business’s sales cycle, an essential time in deciding if a lead is ready to be considered a sales-qualified lead. The Harmony Between Sales and Marketing: The transition from a marketing-qualified lead to a sales-qualified lead highlights the critical nature of sales and marketing collaboration. Through regular communication and agreed-upon lead scoring criteria, both departments ensure that only the most qualified leads progress through the sales funnel. This partnership is key to refining the lead qualification process, optimising how resources are allocated, and boosting the overall efficiency and effectiveness of the sales strategy. Identifying sales-qualified leads represents a strategic, coordinated effort between sales and marketing, driven by data and an extensive understanding of the customer. This meticulous approach makes the sales funnel more efficient and ensures that sales initiatives are targeted towards leads with the highest conversion potential, fostering sustained business growth. SQL vs. MQL Examples Revisit the comparison between SQLs and MQLs, providing more in-depth insights into the specific characteristics and behaviours that set them apart. Use real-world examples to illustrate scenarios where a lead may transition from being an MQL to an SQL. When refining the sales journey, it’s essential to have a thorough understanding of that defining shift in the funnel from marketing-qualified lead to sales-qualified lead, as it will ensure a more efficient path to purchase for your sales team. Marketing-qualified leads, sparked by marketing engagements such as content downloads, signal that initial interest. This, however will likely evolve into a sales-qualified lead, which marks a deeper intent to buy, demonstrated through actions like premium content engagement. This transition shows us that the lead is now ready for a direct sales interaction. For example, consider a lead’s participation in a detailed product webinar or their consistent interaction with targeted emails. These actions would signify a readiness to begin to explore solutions, positioning them perfectly for a shift to sales-qualified lead status. Recognising and effectively fostering these moments can significantly enhance the effectiveness of the sales funnel, transitioning leads into customers more smoothly and successfully. For sales teams, engaging sales-qualified leads means adopting a nuanced and specialised approach. The interaction history of each lead, be it a closer look into a webinar or a keen interest in pricing information, demands a unique follow-up strategy. This personalisation ensures that sales communications resonate deeply, addressing each potential customer’s specific needs and interests. Leveraging analytics and lead scoring sharpens this focus, pinpointing the subtle but significant signs of a lead’s progression from a marketing-qualified lead to a sales-qualified lead. Such precision makes the most of resource allocation and maximises your conversion opportunities. It’s essential to have a strong feedback loop between sales and marketing teams to enrich this process, fine-tuning lead qualification criteria to ensure a consistently high-quality pool of sales-qualified leads ready for engagement. This collaborative effort extends beyond simple process efficiency, enhancing customer experience and fostering loyalty. By guiding leads through their buying experience with detail-oriented, strategic insights and tailored engagement, businesses can achieve not just higher conversion rates but also build lasting relationships with their customers. Moving a Lead from MQL to SQL Moving a lead from MQL to SQL involves several key steps that help sales teams identify and qualify leads with the highest potential for conversion. Here’s a detailed look at the process: 1. Determine BANT Criteria Fulfillment:Before qualifying an MQL as an SQL, sales representatives assess whether the lead meets the BANT criteria: Budget, Authority, Need, and Timeline. This evaluation determines if the lead has the financial resources, decision-making authority, genuine requirement for the product or service, and a specific timeframe for purchase. Leads that satisfy these criteria are considered strong candidates for further qualification. 2. Lead Scoring:Lead scoring is vital in prioritising MQLs based on their likelihood of converting into customers. Sales teams assign numerical values to various lead attributes, such as industry, company size, job title, engagement level, and website activity. Leads with higher scores are deemed more sales-ready and are nurtured accordingly. 3. Lead Nurturing:Nurturing MQLs involves providing them with relevant information and resources that educate them about the product or service and address their pain points. This can be achieved through personalised email campaigns, webinars, case studies, and content marketing. The goal of lead nurturing is to build trust, credibility, and desire, ultimately moving the lead closer to becoming sales-qualified. 4. Scheduling a Meeting or Call:Once an MQL demonstrates a strong interest in the offering and exhibits readiness to engage in a sales conversation, the next step is to schedule a meeting or call. This allows the sales representative to delve deeper into the lead’s requirements, understand their challenges, and present tailored solutions. 5. Closing the Deal: The final stage of the MQL to SQL journey involves closing the deal and converting the lead into a customer. This entails negotiating terms, addressing objections, and guiding the lead through purchasing. Successful deal closure relies on effective communication, skilful negotiation, and a customer-centric approach. By systematically following these steps, sales teams can effectively identify and qualify MQLs, nurturing them into SQLs and ultimately driving revenue growth. The Difference Between an MQL and SQL In the sales world, understanding the difference between a Marketing Qualified Lead (MQL) and a Sales Qualified Lead (SQL) is crucial for optimising lead generation and conversion processes. While both MQLs and SQLs represent potential customers, they are at different stages of the sales funnel, each requiring distinct strategies for nurturing and qualification. An MQL is a lead that has shown some interest in a company’s product or service, typically through interactions with marketing initiatives such as website visits, content downloads, or email campaigns. MQLs have demonstrated a level of awareness and engagement with the brand but may not yet be ready to make a purchase decision. Nurturing MQLs involves providing them with relevant content, answering their questions, and building trust to move them further down the sales funnel. On the other hand, an SQL is a lead that has been deemed by the sales team to be a good fit for the company’s product or service and is ready to be contacted by a salesperson. SQLs have expressed a stronger interest in the offering and have typically engaged in more substantial interactions with the company, such as requesting a demo, scheduling a consultation, or providing contact information. They are considered sales-ready and more likely to convert into customers than MQLs. The key difference between an MQL and an SQL lies in their level of qualification and readiness to engage with the sales team. MQLs require further nurturing and education to become SQLs, while SQLs are considered hot leads actively considering a purchase and ready for direct contact from a salesperson. Why Differentiating Between MQLs and SQLs is Important Distinguishing between MQLs and SQLs is of paramount importance for several reasons. Firstly, it enables businesses to allocate their resources more efficiently. By focusing their efforts on SQLs, sales teams can prioritise leads that are most likely to convert, maximising their chances of success. This targeted approach allows businesses to optimise their sales processes and achieve greater investment returns. Secondly, differentiating between MQLs and SQLs enhances sales team productivity. Sales representatives can concentrate their time and energy on nurturing and converting SQLs, rather than wasting effort on unqualified leads. This increased focus leads to higher productivity, improved sales performance, and increased revenue generation. Moreover, differentiating between MQLs and SQLs elevates the customer experience. Businesses can provide more relevant and personalised interactions by engaging with leads who are genuinely interested in their offerings. This enhances customer satisfaction and builds stronger relationships, fostering loyalty and increasing the likelihood of repeat business. Lastly, distinguishing between MQLs and SQLs offers valuable insights into the sales funnel. By analysing the conversion rates of MQLs to SQLs, businesses can gain a deeper understanding of their sales process and identify areas for improvement. This data-driven approach allows businesses to refine their lead generation and nurturing strategies, continuously optimising their sales funnel and driving sustainable growth. In conclusion, differentiating between MQLs and SQLs is crucial for efficient lead management and revenue generation. By recognising and nurturing SQLs, businesses can optimise their sales efforts, enhance customer experiences, and gain valuable insights into their sales funnel, ultimately achieving greater success and profitability. SQL vs. MQL: A deeper dive Sales-qualified leads (SQLs) and marketing-qualified leads (MQLs) are pivotal concepts in the sales and marketing realm. SQLs are prospects deemed worthy of pursuit by the sales team, while MQLs are potential customers generated through marketing initiatives but not yet deemed sales-ready. Distinguishing between SQLs and MQLs is crucial for efficient lead management and revenue generation. SQLs are often further along the sales funnel, exhibiting a higher interest in a company’s offerings and a greater likelihood of purchasing. These leads hold higher value for the company as they have a greater potential to close deals and contribute to revenue growth. On the other hand, MQLs require further nurturing before they can be considered sales-ready. These leads have demonstrated some level of interest in a company’s products or services but need additional qualifications to assess their purchase intent and readiness. Marketing teams are vital in generating MQLs by implementing targeted campaigns and capturing relevant data from potential customers. While the distinction between SQLs and MQLs is essential, there’s no rigid formula for categorising leads. Different companies may have varying criteria for defining SQLs and MQLs based on their specific sales processes and target markets. However, understanding these key differences enables sales and marketing teams to collaborate effectively, focusing their efforts on leads with the highest conversion potential. By aligning their strategies and nurturing MQLs into SQLs, sales and marketing teams can optimise their lead generation and conversion processes, ultimately driving revenue growth and achieving organisational success. Saleforce and sales qualified leads LIKE.TG is one of the most popular customer relationship management (CRM) platforms on the market, and it offers a range of features that can help businesses manage and track sales-qualified leads (SQLs). The Sales Cloud Lead Management module provides a centralised location for storing lead information, tracking interactions, and managing the sales process. LIKE.TG also allows businesses to create custom lead-scoring models and qualification criteria, so they can focus their sales efforts on the most promising leads. One of the benefits of using LIKE.TG for SQL management is that it provides a way to track the entire customer journey, from the initial lead capture to the closed deal. This allows businesses to identify which marketing and sales strategies are most effective and to make adjustments as needed. LIKE.TG also provides a range of reporting and dashboard options, so businesses can easily track their progress and measure their success. Here are some specific ways that LIKE.TG can be used to manage and track SQLs: Lead capture: LIKE.TG can be used to capture leads from various sources, including website forms, email marketing campaigns, and social media. Lead scoring: LIKE.TG can be used to score leads based on various criteria, such as their industry, company size, and recent website activity. Lead qualification: LIKE.TG can be used to qualify leads based on specific criteria, such as their budget, timeline, and decision-making process. Opportunity management: LIKE.TG can be used to track the progress of sales opportunities, from the initial contact to the closed deal. Reporting and dashboards: LIKE.TG provides a range of reporting and dashboard options, so businesses can easily track their progress and measure their success. Businesses can use LIKE.TG to manage and track SQLs to improve their sales efficiency, close more deals, and grow their revenue.

					What Is API-led Connectivity? Unlock Business Agility
What Is API-led Connectivity? Unlock Business Agility
Today’s world faces unprecedented disruption and change. The digitisation of every aspect of our life, economy, and society continues rising. To thrive in this dynamic ecosystem, an organisation needs true business agility and innovation at scale. This calls for a new operating paradigm to drive digital evolution in the new world. This is where API-led connectivity comes in. The future of business is composable, connected, and automated. Any successful future organisation must adopt composability as it’s the means to resilience, adaptability, and growth in the face of change and disruption. What is API-led connectivity? API-led connectivity is a methodical way to connect data to applications through reusable and purposeful APIs within an organisation’s ecosystem. These APIs are developed to play a specific role: unlocking data from systems, composing data into processes, or delivering an experience. Building blocks are the most fundamental unit of the composable enterprise. They have a clearly articulated purpose of driving a business or technology outcome. They can be automated and orchestrated with other capabilities, making them interoperable. They are discoverable, accessible, and manageable. They represent the “nouns and verbs,” or the “vocabulary” of your business. It’s the API that converts a piece of software into a building block by enabling governance, manageability, visibility, security, monetisation, intelligence, and discovery. API-led connectivity goes beyond the REST APIs to enable universal connectivity. Why is API-led connectivity important? API-led connectivity is fundamental in driving business agility for an organisation. It allows an organisation to tap into the innovation done by other players in their ecosystem. As the picture above suggests, a retail business leverages capabilities (shipping, payments, marketing, infrastructure, social media, sentiment analysis, geo-location, etc.) from other organisations in addition to its own capabilities to drive success now. The flexibility in connecting both the internal and external building blocks to meet the business needs is the key to driving business agility. So when a new initiative comes along, rather than building the solution components, API-led connectivity enables the rewiring, reconnecting, and orchestrating of the building blocks. The winner in the digital race is not the one who creates the fastest, but who integrates the fastest. This makes API-led connectivity a critical integration strategy for an organisation. The number of moving parts and the complexity of the technology and business landscape will continue to increase. So the traditional ad-hoc point-to-point connections often implemented as an afterthought will not scale. They have led to brittle systems that are prone to failure and prohibitive to maintain. API-led connectivity, on the other hand, is future-proof and enables scalable universal connectivity. It changes the role of integration from a necessary evil to a business differentiator. It enables a flexible model for value exchange between building blocks, thereby allowing organisations to have agility in implementing innovative business models. What are the 3 APIs that enable API-led connectivity? API-led connectivity provides an approach for connecting and exposing building blocks in an ecosystem. Their scope can vary: within a specific domain, within a line of business (LoB), across an organisation spanning multiple LoBs or geographies, and into the external ecosystem. There is a natural tiering as well that moves from the system of records to the system of engagements. The APIs used in an API-led approach to connectivity fall into three categories: System APIs Process APIs Experience APIs System APIs System APIs usually access the core systems of record and provide a means of insulating the user from the complexity or any changes to the underlying systems. They create the nouns of your business vocabulary into reusable building blocks. Once built, many users can access data without any need to learn the underlying systems and can reuse these APIs in multiple projects. Process APIs Process APIs interact with and shape data within a single system or across systems (breaking down data silos). They often represent the verbs of your business vocabulary. They help implement an organisation’s processes without having to worry about the source systems where data originates or the target channels through which that data is delivered. They lend themselves very well to automation capabilities and Bots. Experience APIs Experience APIs are catered toward delivering a delightful end-consumer experience. They get their power by maniacally focusing on the consumer and reusing the building blocks already created (typically in the form of System or Process APIs). Often built by a different persona, they can speed up delivery by working from the API specs built as a part of the design-first approach. This drives a coherent omnichannel experience without having to go back to the system of records in an unmanageable point-to-point fashion. Get IT articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now How does API-led connectivity work? API-led connectivity is a critical element in closing the IT delivery gap and enabling the composable enterprise. Let’s use a simple scenario to explain this point: Suppose you need to develop a web app to provide real-time order status and order history for sales teams to engage with customers. Let’s assume you have customer data in SAP and LIKE.TG, inventory data in SAP, and order data in an e-commerce system. In a traditional point-to-point integration approach, your IT team might aggregate customer data by wiring together customer data from both systems with code. Then, the aggregated customer data is further combined with order data in the e-commerce system to produce both the order status and order history data with more code. Now, these two data sources are hooked into a web app API which the web app can leverage. This project might be considered a success because it was launched on time, on budget, and has the correct functionality – but does it solve for business agility? If the IT team must build a mobile app, they aren’t able to use any of the work from previous projects. They have to start from scratch. Incremental changes become expensive, and soon the familiar and undesirable spaghetti code pattern begins to take shape. But with an API-led connectivity approach, when teams must build a new mobile app, they now have reusable building blocks to start from (created from System and Process APIs), eliminating most of the work needed to build them. Creating the mobile app, therefore, is a matter of rewiring instead of recreating. This makes it easier to innovate and add new services, e.g. adding shipment status information in the same way they accessed order status and history. This is the key to driving agility and adopting a product mindset as opposed to a project mindset. API-led connectivity is not limited to just RESTful APIs; it also relies on flexible universal connectivity patterns. How does API-led connectivity reduce IT’s workload? As change and demands for digitisation grow, IT finds itself in a tough spot. The number of new projects necessary to implement today’s technology and business needs measured against IT’s capacity to deliver them is spiraling upward. IT has to deliver on these ever-increasing projects and maintain legacy systems even as its resources stay constant. Eventually, what results is an IT digital transformation delivery gap: Most IT decision-makers expect their budgets to stay the same or increase very slightly, so unlimited resources are not an option. This is where the digital paradigm of building a composable, connected, and automated enterprise is the way out. Rather than delivering on individual projects, IT delivers the reusable building blocks of the enterprise, and with the right tooling and automation, enables LoB folks to innovate as well. API-led connectivity is the cornerstone of building this connected ecosystem. Every new project permits the creation of new building blocks. So when a new initiative comes along, rather than starting from scratch, API-led connectivity enables their reuse. This re-assembly can reduce the IT digital transformation delivery gap. Emergent benefits of API-led connectivity When an organisation uses API-led connectivity to build a composable enterprise, they can eliminate the IT digital transformation gap. Business agility API-led connectivity allows an organisation to tap into the innovation done by other players in their ecosystem. This enables businesses to be nimble and agile, not only in connecting to the right building blocks but also providing flexibility in the business value exchange models. As the picture shows, it’s not just the technical flexibility, but this connectivity also enables the right kind of value exchange between building blocks. For example, if you adopt a freemium monetisation strategy, you can have a different level of SLA for a trial customer and a different Platinum SLA for your Tier 1 customers. Build vs. buy: Driving the business differentiator API-led connectivity in the composable ecosystem helps business and IT leaders make the right build vs. buy decision. The choices made here, what to build versus buy or partner, have far-reaching consequences on the success of a project and its time-to-value. Businesses build their business differentiator, which captures their intellectual property, which they can monetise. You can integrate the supporting domains into the composable enterprise. So the all-important build vs. buy decision becomes create vs. integrate decision enabled by API-led connectivity. Drive the intelligent enterprise Through API-led connectivity, businesses can have end-to-end real-time visibility into their data flows, thereby creating an organisation’s central nervous system. This ‘business context aware’ visibility into the data and the related meta data enables them to see the forest for the trees and to drive network intelligence, analytics, and data science/machine learning models that were previously unattainable. It also lets the organisation collect real-time business KPIs, which eventually help them measure and fine-tune their business operations and strategy. Break data silos and create a customer 360 This universal connectivity also helps break data silos. It lets you build a true customer 360 with data attributes and sources that span across the entire ecosystem (internal, LoB, or external). APIs are the purest form of data: Context-aware, real-time, domain-specific, secure, and curated for consumption. API-led connectivity also delivers a coherent way to engage with your customers across any channel seamlessly. Experience APIs drive a specific channel of user engagement. By connecting to the Process APIs as opposed to the systems of record directly, they drive a consistent user experience and make it easy to spin up a new channel. API-led connectivity in the composable enterprise can drive any System of Engagement. The engagement layer could be a LIKE.TG Cloud, Slack, or any other technology component. This is critical in driving a consistent and coherent omnichannel experience for your customers. How does MuleSoft enable API-led connectivity? MuleSoft has pioneered the API-led connectivity architectural paradigm, which has now found universal acceptance. The key part of the offering starts from the vision of driving business agility at scale by enabling the composable, connected, and automated enterprise, as mentioned earlier. The next part is the methodology: the architectural paradigm of connecting your organisation’s building blocks using API-led connectivity as a key pillar to delivering on this vision. It’s the actual product capabilities and continuous innovation to make the vision a reality delivered through the Anypoint platform and related product capabilities. It provides the most flexible ways of connecting the building blocks: REST Connect, Orchestration, RPA, BOTs, GraphQL, EDI, and more. It supports various integration patterns: APIs, PubSub, EDA, ETL, ELT, microservices, ESB, B2B, SFTP, and others. A rich marketplace with pre-built OotB box connectors, templates, and accelerators for key industries and SaaS providers makes it easy to start enabling universal connectivity in your ecosystem. The tightly integrated iPaaS, full API lifecycle, and automation capabilities help accelerate your digital transformation journey. On average, MuleSoft’s customers found that the agility and speed provided by API-led connectivity led to delivering projects three to five times faster and increased team productivity by 300% compared to legacy or homegrown integration solutions. Examples of API-led connectivity in action Let’s look at real-world scenarios to understand the impact of API-led connectivity. Financial industry: Multiple LoBs and omnichannel Consider a scenario where an organisation provides multiple offerings to its customers through four different LoBs operating under different brands: checking and account management, loans and credit cards, savings and investments, and auto loans. The four LoBs operated in their silos resulting in a broken customer experience and a missed opportunity to cross-sell and upsell the customer. This is the illustrative three-layered ALC architecture for them: They started their journey by creating a Process level “Identity and Authentication Customer” API, providing a consistent way to authenticate their customers across all offerings. A significant step forward in driving CX and a necessary step in its digital transformation journey. The “Get Accounts, and Transactions” API in the Process layer was instrumental in driving a consistent omnichannel experience. It tapped into the four system APIs below: Core Bank Accounts API, Loans API, Credit Card API, and Auto Lease API – each representing the four different LoBs. This enables a holistic view of the customer’s financial health. Not only that, but the same “Get Accounts and Transactions API” can now power multiple experiences: the financial advisor in the financial services cloud, marketing cloud, online banking platform, and mobile banking app. Developers don’t have to duplicate the work of going from the top to the bottom of the stack repeatedly. This simplifies the architecture, reducing the long-term operational cost, and it’s future-proof. It gives the organisation the ability to switch the core banking provider without having any significant upstream/downstream impact, thereby enabling a true plug-and-play architecture. It also allows multiple providers to co-exist during the transition period without disrupting the business. This is a great example of how API-led connectivity drives a true customer 360. Transportation industry: Partner and supply chain Consider a scenario of a company that provides freight and transportation services to mid-market clients. Their business strategy required them to onboard new partners quickly, so they built an EDI transformation layer using MuleSoft’s Partner Manager to cater to their partner’s different data formats and transport protocols. They ended up reducing the time to onboard a new partner from six to nine months down to 60 days. This is the illustrative three-layered ALC architecture for them. But the story doesn’t end there. It’s not just about getting the right information from your partner, supplier, or manufacturer in the door, but how you act on it with other entities inside your organisation to drive efficiency, visibility, and actionable insights. That’s where API-led connectivity complements the traditional B2B/EDI patterns. The System layer at the bottom unlocks the system of records, or the “nouns” of your organisation. For example, you could use the OotB connector for SAP to unlock the invoice or the location data. The process layer orchestrates the System APIs to model your business processes. The Experience layer on the top is customised to deliver a delightful end-customer experience. The beauty of this architecture is that each layer abstracts the complexity from the layer below and creates reusable building blocks. So the shipment 360 API that draws from order, transportation, location, and inventory can not only service the partner ecosystem, but the same shipment API can also drive up the customer experience by powering the service portals and mobile apps as well. API-led connectivity-based architecture is built for agility and reuse. How can I learn more about API-led connectivity? To discover more about customers in every industry who have benefited from API-led connectivity, find out how API-led connectivity enables digital transformation.

					How to Use AI to Transform Your Email Marketing
How to Use AI to Transform Your Email Marketing
The past few years have brought new ways for marketers to connect with customers, but email is still a powerful way to engage. In fact, customers say email still is their preferred channel to interact with brands. According to our research, the number of outbound emails increased 15% last year. The volume of sends is high because it’s driven by high customer engagement. And now AI in email marketing is helping to boost results even more. AI is helping us in many ways, but it’s still in the early stage. There are plenty of questions that marketers need to answer before fully taking advantage of the technology. How do we integrate AI into our strategy? How will AI work with our existing platform? How will we know AI will target customers the way we want? Read on for tips on how AI can help your email marketing, from generating messages to optimising their performance. What is AI in email marketing? How can AI in email marketing increase performance? What are the challenges with AI in email marketing? How can AI help with my email content? How does AI in email marketing improve ROI over time? What are the best practices for using AI in email marketing? What’s ahead for AI email marketing What is AI in email marketing? AI in email marketing uses machine learning algorithms to personalise content, optimise send times, and segment audiences. While predictive AI provides insights based on historical data, generative AI can use this information to create new, relevant content or solutions that are tailored to specific user needs at speed and scale. They work together to automate, optimise, and personalise the email marketing process. Both have the same goal: improved email marketing engagement and customer satisfaction. AI — which is embedded into many marketing platforms — can help you optimise and deliver great email marketing campaigns, as long as you understand how the technology works. For example, by analysing a customer’s response to various email campaigns and website interactions, AI can assign a lead score that indicates the likelihood of conversion. AI can also provide insights into the potential revenue generated by each customer over their lifetime with the brand. You can also prompt AI to generate profiles of ‘lookalike‘ audiences, enabling you to expand your reach to new prospects who are more likely to engage and convert. How can AI in email marketing increase performance? One marketer recently told us that generative AI is where “creativity meets innovation and personalisation takes centre stage.” It’s clear that they’ve tapped into its ability to create natural language-based segments for more nuanced messaging. As customers’ preferred communication patterns are identified, you can segment customers to deliver highly personalised and targeted content at scale. By using AI, you increase your chances to understand and represent your customer’s preferences. In doing so, AI not only enhances customer experiences but also makes them inclusive, ensuring a diverse range of customer preferences are represented. With its ability to analyse historical customer engagement patterns – such as open rates, click-through rates, and conversion rates – predictive AI can identify the best moments to send emails to individual recipients. Subscribers receive emails according to their preferences, which minimises email fatigue and enhances engagement and loyalty. Which brings us to email A/B testing, the strategy where you provide different email versions to your audience to help you figure out which variation performs better. The responses readers take are clear-cut, meaning they choose between two-option reactions or actions, such as opening or not opening an email. When you use AI to test email subject lines, you can find out which one generates higher engagement rates. You’ll also maximise clickthrough rates which will help you fine-tune your messaging – keeping in mind the goal of discovering what works best for a given audience. One marketer reported how their A/B testing improved 10x using generative AI in email marketing. “Instead of testing only subject lines, I can also test user behaviour, allowing me to be more strategic with every send,” they told us. “Along with content, I also use AI in the design process. It helps me select images and colours that best resonate with my target audience.” AI helps get the low-expertise structure done so you can add the high-value content and your specified point of view. For example, you can ask it for a list of subcategories and their definitions for a topic you’re exploring. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now What are the challenges with AI in email marketing? As you adopt and adapt AI, you’ll see benefits like increased personalisation at scale, improved engagement, and reduced costs. However, there could be undesirable consequences if you don’t grasp the fundamentals.Safeguards must be in place to make sure AI programs are learning fast enough to keep up with changing customer behaviour. Ethical concerns about data privacy, security, and consumer trust call for compliance and regulations to keep customer information safe. Technical expertise is vital for successful AI integration, so training up to an AI skilled workforce capable of optimising tools and platforms can feel like a major hurdle. Good AI in email marketing relies on a solid data foundation. It also relies on making the outputs of AI usable in the flow of work. What data streams can you realistically plug into your AI email marketing efforts? How can AI help with my email content? AI can improve your email content by helping with personalised messaging. A marketer for a clothing retailer, for example, can create one email that showcases product recommendations based on purchases and browsing behaviour. The marketer can then prompt AI to quickly create ten new versions of that original email with the intention of catering to different customer segments. Now that you have all that email content, you can use it to create one-to-one personalisation. Keep in mind that your AI strategy should be connected to your data and customer engagement strategy for best results. You can use the historical data from your customer relationship management (CRM) system to integrate dynamic content, offers, and recommendations for individual customers. Based on how your customer interacts, AI can then power the next best email to continue the journey. Your AI-powered email content now understands your specific customer preferences and business goals, making it easier for you to tailor your messaging. This type of content creation simultaneously streamlines and scales the process of customisation. How does AI in email marketing improve ROI over time? AI models are trained to deliver insights from every customer interaction. Their algorithms continuously adapt and learn with each interaction, so you’re able to get better results from your A/B email testing. AI analytics can help you reach across your entire email dataset – or, as it’s more commonly known to do now, bring in data from other sources in your customer data platform (CDP). It works by combining customer interactions across email, website, and purchases – analysing preferences and trends. With your customer base’s specific patterns, tendencies, and connections identified, you’re that much closer to being able to segment them. It’s easier to target communication with segmented audiences. AI-powered dynamic content can enhance customer engagement – surging the potential for click-through rates. By tailoring email content to customer preferences, including product recommendations and offers based on data, AI helps to make sure that emails resonate with the recipient. It can save you thousands of hours and result in conversions. What are the best practices for using AI in email marketing? There’s no doubt AI email marketing is the wave of the future. Here are some AI fundamentals you can’t afford to skip: Start with building an ethical, strategic, and technological foundation. This means implementing transparent data practices, ensuring data privacy compliance, and fostering a culture of ethical AI usage internally. It also means establishing clear goals and plans for how you want to apply new AI advances. Having a roadmap for what you wish to accomplish should always be the first part of the plan. A few other tips: Use embedded, no-code AI features like send-time optimisation, content selection, and subject line testing. Work up to creating multi-variant emails allowing for diverse content versions catered to specific customer segments. Move into the realm of real-time personalisation, tailoring email content in response to immediate customer behaviours and preferences. Then explore the intricacies of building custom AI models tailored to your unique business needs. Start with your email data as a foundation. Grow your customer profiles using a fuller picture of each customer across marketing, sales, commerce, and service. The customer insights you get from integrating data into a CDP will help you create more personalised emails. Apply what you know about AI capabilities for personalisation to segment your audience. Learn how to creatively prompt AI to generate fresh content. When you do your A/B email testing, don’t test multiple things at once. It’s important to make sure you have a control group. Leading AI email marketing platforms have tools to automate this process so you can test continuously. Employ a system for analytics, iteration, and retargeting. This system should be able to connect your email performance to web and app conversions as well as commerce and sales data to optimise business impact. This is a key requirement to look for in your AI email marketing software. What’s ahead for AI email marketing AI is the key to making sure people open and read your emails. From creating content to testing performance, AI can help identify the best ways to improve your email campaign. AI is transforming the entire marketing workflow. For all its newness, there are plenty of lingering questions about how AI email marketing will improve and what new capabilities marketers can expect to see. Think about AI as a combination of a supportive friend and personal assistant — a tool that helps you put your big-picture goals in focus. AI can help test your email send times and content selection, including catchy subject lines, images, and colours. It can take the guesswork out of how to connect with your customers by helping deliver personalisation at scale. AI can help you move faster. Right now, pushing out more content is a lengthy process that requires multiple layers of approval. With AI at your side, it’s likely we will see a real decrease in turnaround time. In addition to automating manual tasks, AI will continue to help drive marketers toward more empathetic and thoughtful content. In this sense, AI can help you be more efficient and become better at what you do. These days, marketers are more focused on first-party data — information gained directly from the customer. Instead of relying on old systems like open-data exchanges to buy audience data, they are modernising the way they build first-party data assets through the lens of user consent. Using AI in email marketing is essential for acquiring that precious data. As data and AI become more integrated, the growing importance of trust in email cannot be over emphasised. We’re also seeing a reimagining of the creative process, with generative AI reaching a point where it can create 1:1 personalisation for every email – and not just for customer segments. In the next two to five years, marketers using AI will be furthering businesses to make better decisions in their email marketing campaigns. Most of the campaign process, from lead generation to final customer message, will be led by marketers with strong knowledge of how AI works.

					AI Isn’t Taking Your Job — It’s Setting You Up For a Better One (Here Are 12) 
AI Isn’t Taking Your Job — It’s Setting You Up For a Better One (Here Are 12) 
Everything. Everywhere. All at once. Yes, it’s an Oscar-winning movie, but it also perfectly describes the impact artificial intelligence (AI) is having on businesses, including the job market. The 360 view According to McKinsey, generative AI has the potential to add between $2.6 trillion and $4.4 trillion in value to the global economy across all industries, including banking, retail, high tech, healthcare, and life sciences. It will affect vocations such as customer operations, marketing and sales, software engineering, and research and development. And while there’s been much fear around AI taking our jobs away, the new technology will, in fact, give rise to myriad new jobs for human beings. For example, high-paying roles like prompt engineer —essentially, a master of the art of crafting prompts for GPT interfaces —and AI product manager are currently trending on popular job search sites. According to a recent Salesforce-sponsored IDC white paper of 500 organisations using AI-powered solutions, the next 12 months will also see a sharp increase in hiring for data architects, AI ethicists, and AI solutions architects. That same report predicts 11.6 million new jobs will be created within the LIKE.TG ecosystem alone over the next six years.* What you can do now AI needs people in control in order for it to work properly within our society. And members of the workforce, like you, have the opportunity now to hone existing skills across various industries and learn new skills to grow with the economy. “The exciting thing about these tools is they’re nascent and they’re largely democratised,” said David Berthy, senior director of LIKE.TG Futures. “So, if people have the volition, they can go out and learn how to increase their own value.” Platforms such as LIKE.TG’s Trailhead, Coursera, LinkedIn Learning, and Udemy all offer free and paid certification courses for in-demand AI-related skills. AI will eliminate repetition and create new skills and roles Let’s start by clearing something up: Yes, AI will likely eliminate repetitive job functions — scheduling social media posts, sifting through resumes, poring over data, answering basic customer service questions, sending follow-up emails — but that will free up people to be more strategic, creative, and productive in their current roles. People will now have time to, well, be people. If you’re in sales or customer service, you can now devote more time to interacting with customers to create even better relationships. In marketing? You can spend more focused time on strategic thinking or creative projects. And if you work in the legal or healthcare fields, AI can help analyse and research contracts or help interpret MRIs and X-rays, respectively. Not all new AI jobs will be as obvious as those in engineering or data-related fields. Jobs in healthcare, finance, graphic design, and more will evolve thanks to the assistance of smart AI. “AI will be sort of a background to everything,” said Chris Poole, AI technical consulting lead in LIKE.TG’s global AI practice in professional services. “I think it’s going to be very interesting to see.” Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now How generative AI is creating new careers — 12 roles to consider What’s new and interesting to the AI curious? Here are a dozen jobs to look out for — some that currently exist (if only in early iterations), and some that Berthy envisions existing in the near term. Is one in your future? Prompt engineer Prompt engineers excel at writing prompts for AI tools, like a GPT product or chatbot, to get the most accurate or desired results. Some refer to prompt engineering as “AI whispering” because you’re essentially guiding the generative AI product to give you a creative solution to your question or prompt. AI trainer An AI trainer works behind the scenes to make sure an AI algorithm does what it’s supposed to do. The trainer prepares heavy data sets to teach chatbots how to think and interact with user inputs so the AI responds with more natural-sounding human language. Trainers also fine-tune the data and systems to achieve proper outcomes. Simply put: “AI trainers teach AI systems how to think, interact, and be genuinely useful,” according to Boost.AI. AI learning designer As AI technology rapidly grows and changes, organisations will need people to optimise personal learning at scale, Berthy said. Not only will these roles help train people on AI systems and how to work alongside AI copilots, but they’ll also refine the ways in which people learn. “Companies that have better versions of [learning systems] will be better equipped to adapt these new technologies,” Berthy said. AI instructor As companies continue to implement AI technologies, someone will need to teach employees how to use them. AI instructors teach people the skills they’ll need to advance their careers, whether directly or indirectly involved with AI. They’re responsible for developing curriculum and teaching methods, leading hands-on classes and lectures, and more around AI education. Sentiment analyser Even though it can understand and interpret human language, AI is not human and does not have feelings. It doesn’t understand nuance and it can’t interpret emotion. That’s where a sentiment analyser comes in. They work with a sentiment analysis program to determine whether data pulled off the internet, like social media comments or product feedback, is positive, negative, or neutral, and to identify its emotional tone. Stitcher A stitcher is a generalist who uses AI to combine a range of skills held by multiple roles into one role or workflow. For example, this job will use AI to more quickly stitch together modular software tools into workflows that create unique value for customers, Berthy said. So, instead of having multiple people work on a project from design and storytelling to engineering and overall business implementation, the stitcher will tackle it all by using AI. Interpersonal coach This role will help people living and working in a digital-first world and working with AI to gain basic interpersonal skills like relational intelligence, empathy, active listening, and connecting in face-to-face interactions. It’s similar to a business coach, but focused on helping people who work behind a screen or mostly with machines. Workflow optimiser This role will use data and intelligence to have a bird’s-eye view across a company, and determine where AI could help people be more productive. This person will use AI to review how people and teams work, and highlight productivity gaps to increase overall efficiency. AI compliance manager As AI regulations continue to get refined globally, an AI compliance manager ensures an organisation’s AI processes adhere to relevant regulations, ethical standards, and industry guidelines. They make sure data-handling practices align with privacy laws and also mitigate AI’s potential impact on an organisation. AI security manager If AI technology gets into the wrong hands, it can quickly become dangerous. The AI security manager will be an important role within an organisation to ensure AI systems are used properly. They’ll also protect against vulnerabilities and security threats. Chief AI officer The newest role to enter the C-suite, the CAIO sets the overall AI strategy for an organisation. This includes the responsible and ethical design, development, and implementation of all AI tech produced by the company. Chief data and analytics officer (CDAO) The chief data and analytics officer oversees all things related to data and analytics in a company. Sometimes this role is shared by two people, one as chief data officer (CDO) and the other as chief analytics officer (CAO). How to prepare for new AI careers With all of these new AI jobs emerging, it’s time to embrace training and start playing around with the free tools at your disposal. “Don’t be afraid of the tools,” Poole said. “Look at it as a helper that can improve your way of life and your work.” Online learning platforms are making it easier to access these tools and skill up, said Aleksandra Radovanovic, senior product manager of business technology at Okta, a cloud-based identity management service that provides single sign-on solutions for businesses. She said to identify relevant skills and look for online courses to help build them. Trying to gain practical experience, even through certification courses, will also help. “The people who embrace the changes and the opportunity they create and increase their own learning are the ones who will have the brightest futures,” Berthy said. “You can capture that ethos and give people some hope because there’s enormous opportunity to up your own marketability.” *LIKE.TG Economic Impact: LIKE.TG AI-Powered Cloud Solutions Will Generate $948 Billion in New Revenues for Customers by 2028 (doc #US51404923, December 2023)

					What Should Be First on Your Company’s AI Agenda?
What Should Be First on Your Company’s AI Agenda?
For anyone who has seen films like Star Wars, Metropolis, or, more recently, TikToks of Beyoncé’s latest tour, the concepts of robots, cyborgs, and other sentient machines have been around since at least the turn of the 20th century. While these pieces capture both the most fantastic and menacing ideas about this kind of technology, reality has been catching up since the 1950s, when Alan Turing published his paper, “Computing Machinery and Intelligence.” Artificial intelligence isn’t new. What is new, though, is how accessible AI is. When Turing first asked, “Can machines think?” he was met with so many barriers, including computing limitations and cost. A better question might have been, “Can we even afford to find out?” Now, there’s been such an explosion of AI offerings that 94% of business leaders see AI as essential to their work. But, with better access and more choices, AI implementation has become less an abstract vision for the future, and more akin to a New Year’s resolution — you know you should do it, if only you could get started. Which brings us to today’s big question: How can your business get started on an AI journey, and in a way that reduces costs, increases value for your customers, protects your data, and doesn’t leave your people behind? Where to start your AI implementation In my role leading LIKE.TG Professional Services, I speak with business leaders around the world who are facing this challenging question. AI in its current state, with its myriad uses and capabilities, lends itself perfectly to my team’s advisory work. When AI can be used for anything from sales to customer service to marketing to backend code development, choosing where to start can feel overwhelming. So, before we help you build the roadmaps for your AI journeys, step one is finding what fits your goals. Where will AI add value? A journey needs a destination. From that outcome, we calculate a roadmap using the best route to get to a successful AI implementation. This means thinking about the end goal first (the business version of “manifesting”). Typically, goals for AI implementation fall into one of three categories: Increasing revenue where AI unveils new market opportunities and streamlines operations Reducing costs where, through automation and process optimisation, AI reduces operational costs and enhances overall business efficiency Driving customer loyalty where AI creates personalised experiences to help customers feel valued and understood, which builds and maintains loyalty, and in turn, translates to increased revenue and reduced costs Once you figure out which of these goals aligns with your current business needs, we can get on the road(map). Recalibrate expectations Knowing the destination doesn’t make the journey predictable. The technology may be more widespread now, but AI can still surprise. Consider the example of a retail company with a disastrous customer service call centre. Their high abandonment rates and low net promoter scores (NPS) indicate terrible customer satisfaction. Initially, they might focus an AI solution on the front end, like a customer service chatbot. But, on deeper exploration, they realised a better understanding of customer needs will provide a bigger benefit. AI can play a critical role here in customer service automation and also in analysing feedback and purchasing patterns. But getting to this shift in perspective requires stepping back, looking at your business process, and finding inefficiencies or potential improvements. AI can emerge as more than a singular tool and instead as a strategic force, combining the best of computer science and data to reach business goals. Make the AI business case As the business goals begin to come into focus, an important strategic checkpoint is clarifying the reasoning and justification for the AI implementation. When rolling out any big project or new technology, there should be a hard look at benefits, disadvantages, cost, and risk. But, since AI has the potential to be a more transformative technology than others, and comes in many different shapes and sizes, it’s even more important to take this disciplined approach. Think of this as the last exit before the highway. Prioritise trust Again and again, one of the top concerns about AI is trust. Luckily, that’s our #1 value at LIKE.TG. That means we strongly believe in addressing concerns about data security, privacy, ethical use of AI, and trust right at the onset. Transparency and clear communication about responsible AI practices are crucial. The most common questions that I’ve encountered are: “Where’s my data going again?” Understanding the flow and storage of data is fundamental. Once the data is collected and stored, it needs to be managed with the utmost care and respect for privacy. “Who are you sharing it with?” This is the heart of data-sharing policies. Data sharing should be governed by strict protocols and transparency, ensuring that information is only shared where necessary and under stringent conditions. “Is it protected?” The security of all data is vital. Implementing robust security measures to safeguard data against breaches and unauthorised access is a top priority in any AI implementation. These valid concerns echo the early days of software as a service (SaaS), when businesses were initially hesitant to embrace that new technology. We’ve since seen that SaaS has transformed the landscape of software delivery and usage. AI has the potential to have an even greater impact. But this can’t happen if we don’t address issues up front and create trust. Shape your company’s AI plan with a (human) AI Coach When the Turing Test was first introduced in 1950, it was originally called “the imitation game” —the idea being if a computer could successfully imitate a human, then the answer to the question, “Can a machine think?” would be a definitive, “Yes!” Though it’s up for debate whether the Turing Test is still a useful measurement, the fact that it’s being debated at all means we’re not quite ready to go human-free. Readiness for AI implementation transcends technology. There needs to be a comprehensive evaluation of AI’s potential business value, organisational data quality, the trustworthiness and security of the AI solution, and an organisation’s adaptability — not to mention preparing for a new way of working. This is where LIKE.TG Professional Services’ trusted advisers come in. We bring the specialists and technology together with our AI Coach program. Through this process, we evaluate a company’s overall readiness, including internal skills and expertise, existing technology infrastructure, data preparedness, governance, and ultimately build the roadmap for long-term success. For now, the human part of AI might be the most important. Make it the experts at LIKE.TG Professional Services. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now

					4 Ways New Data Cloud Features Help You Personalise Ads
4 Ways New Data Cloud Features Help You Personalise Ads
What’s next in first-party advertising? Our community came together in December at World Tour New York to learn about the latest marketing innovations and how to reach customers better. Here’s the scoop on ourlatest releases and updates— and what they can do for your business. Companies are now prioritising first-party customer data in their marketing campaigns. However, changes in data privacy laws, not to mention the fast-approaching cookieless future, make it tough for companies to meet these expectations without the right tools to collect and capitalise on that first-party data. In December, we announced new Data Cloud integrations with Google Display Video 360 and LinkedIn. These integrations help companies connect their first-party data and execute automated, personalised advertising campaigns. Let’s take a look at how these innovations will help your advertising efforts. What is first-party data advertising? First-party data advertising uses information collected directly from your company’s customers or users to personalise and target advertising efforts. This valuable data, comprising customer preferences and interactions, enables your business to create highly tailored campaigns, enhancing the relevance of your messaging. In contrast to third-party data, customers consent to you using their first-party data, which your company directly manages. This leads to customer trust, as well as compliance with privacy regulations.By letting your customers tell you exactly who they are and what they want, you unlock more effective retargeting, personalised content creation, and an overall improved customer experience. What our new Data Cloud updates mean for your business As you explore how first-party data advertising can help your company, we want to make sure we tell you both the what and the why behind these new innovations. So what do these Marketing Cloud updates mean for you? You can improve the way you interact with your customers and your marketing systems, to do things like: Personalise at scale: With these new Data Cloud integrations, you can personalise advertising using a complete customer profile that unifies first-party data from customers across marketing, commerce, sales, service, or any touchpoint. Increase efficiency: The new integrationshelp you deliver the right message to the right person at the right time. You can do this with rapidly updated segment memberships, near real-time data sharing with advertising partners, and suppressing users that have already purchased or have open Service Cloud cases. Segment and activate quickly: You can now compress the weeks it takes to build out segments with legacy SQL-based tools into minutes. Drag-and-drop and natural language generative AI interfaces (coming February ‘24) help you create, test, and build segments quickly. Then you can immediately activate the new integrations with Google Display Video 360 and LinkedIn alongside your other channels like email, SMS, web, app, and connected devices. This results in a more personalised experience for your customer on their preferred channel. Build trust with your customers: With these updates, it’s easier to build trust through messages that are more relevant to your customers and compliant with today’s regulations. The new Data Cloud integrations allow you to launch ad campaigns that are more relevant(using first-party data) and efficient, through the power of automation. Make your data work for you Want to see how Data Cloud can get you closer to your customers? Start with a quick lesson today on Trailhead, the free online learning platform from LIKE.TG. Let’s get started +300 points Module Data Cloud-Driven Interactions in Marketing Cloud What are some new things marketers can do with Data Cloud? We’ve covered how your business can benefit from these innovations. Now let’s look at some specific ways you can use them to improve your results: Create connected advertising experiences across display, video, TV, audio, and other channels with Google Display Video 360. You can improve customer loyalty with engaging and seamless advertising by using unified customer profiles from Data Cloud. This allows you to deliver personalised ads and campaign measurement across multiple channels. For example, a media brand can increase loyal customers and retain at-risk subscribers by using AI insights to engage audiences in Google Ads campaigns, targeting those who are most likely to upgrade or churn with relevant messages and offers. Target a network of over 1 billion active professionals on LinkedIn based on job title, function, industry, and more. You can use first-party data, combined with AI-powered product interest scoring from Marketing Cloud, Sales Cloud, and Service Cloud, and product usage data from your own apps to reach more customers. For example, with Data Cloud, a tech company can create an end-to-end program to increase awareness and promote relevant upsell and cross-sell conversion opportunities to grow their sales pipeline. Greater efficiency, effectiveness, and personalisation are top of mind for every business looking to improve their advertising strategy. Capitalising on trusted first-party data within your advertising is the key to delivering the experiences customers want — and the campaign performance your company needs The new first-party data advertising integrations with Google Display Video 360 and LinkedIn are expected to be generally available in Q1 2024.

					World Tour Essentials Singapore: Transform Your Customer Experiences with the #1 AI CRM
World Tour Essentials Singapore: Transform Your Customer Experiences with the #1 AI CRM
We’re living in a pivotal era where digital transformation is not just an option but a necessity. LIKE.TG continues to pave the way for AI innovation, bringing together CRM with trusted AI and data on one integrated platform, so our customers are prepared to lead in the AI revolution. World Tour Essentials Singapore will help you unlock your AI potential with the transformative capabilities of our latest Data Cloud and Einstein innovations. Register and join us on Wednesday 8 May, 8:00 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. at the Marina Bay Sands Convention Centre to learn from customer Trailblazers, visionary AI experts and thought leaders. Read on to catch a glimpse of the sessions you can see. Everyone’s an Einstein with CRM + AI + Data + Trust At the heart of World Tour Essentials Singapore is our main keynote session featuring the inspiring Trailblazer FairPrice Group. Here, we’ll unveil how LIKE.TG is revolutionising CRM by integrating it with AI, data, and trust. This session will not only provide insights into our latest AI innovations but also demonstrate how these technologies are accessible to all – empowering every business to make smarter, data-driven decisions. Stick around after the keynote for the ‘Unlock All of Your Trapped Data with Data Cloud’ session to learn how Data Cloud is designed to enhance, not replace, systems like data warehouses and data lakes, and how it helps solve for the “last mile” of data activation. Explore the full agenda here and mark your calendar. AI for Everyone: From Sales to Service to Marketing Dive into the transformative power of AI across all business functions with our comprehensive session lineup. Discover how AI is reshaping sales with smarter insights for lead scoring and customer engagement, transforming service by predicting customer needs and automating responses, and helping marketing teams personalise interactions and craft powerful campaigns at scale. Featured sessions will include case studies from leading organisations including Philippine Airlines and Siam Commercial Bank, showcasing their AI success stories and helping you build a business case for AI in your sector. Here are some of the industry-specific sessions that you won’t want to miss: LIKE.TG for Financial Services: Empower Customer Success Learn how to leverage the #1 Trusted AI CRM to unlock financial insights that deliver better outcomes, responsibly, for your clients, members, and policyholders. Hear from Siam Commercial Bank on how they’re embracing digital transformation to deliver personalised customer experiences. Revolutionise Marketing Excellence with Marketing Cloud and AI Learn about the latest innovations in Marketing Cloud and how to harness the power of AI. Hear our customer Trailblazer discuss how to deliver personalised experiences and drive business growth with data and AI. The Future of Sales: Supercharge Selling with Trusted AI Are you looking for the smartest path forward in today’s fast-changing environment? AI can give sellers superpowers to drive efficient growth. Join us to learn how your entire sales organisation can boost productivity, leverage data, and increase revenue with the #1 AI CRM for sales. Reimagine Service with Trusted AI Learn how to activate AI to scale service, increase team productivity and save costs using the #1 AI platform for service. And hear from Trailblazer Mark Anthony Munsayac, Head of Customer Experience at Philippine Airlines on how they are redefining customer service and engagement with LIKE.TG. Trailblazers Who Are Blazing Ahead with AI Hear from inspiring Trailblazers like FairPrice Group, Siam Commercial Bank, Philippine Airlines, and Grab, and see how they’ve successfully integrated LIKE.TG’s AI-powered CRM into their operations. Their stories will provide a blueprint for transforming your business with AI and help you understand the tangible benefits of CRM + Data + AI + Trust. Notably, the ‘Transform How Your Teams Get Work Done with the Einstein 1 Platform in Slack’ session with Southeast Asian super-app company Grab will showcase how it has increased productivity by bringing its operations into the place where its Grabbers work – Slack. Attend this session in the keynote room and see how Slack can empower your teams, putting customer data and insights at their fingertips. Putting AI in the Hands of Everyone with Slack With a full day of sessions and demos at the Slack Theatre, you can see all the ways LIKE.TG is making AI more accessible than ever with Slack. Slack puts AI tools directly into the flow of work, where real-time data and insights can lead to immediate and impactful decisions. Sessions will demonstrate how integrating LIKE.TG with Slack allows teams to act quickly, collaborate efficiently, and leverage AI-driven data without ever leaving the platform where they work. Make sure you review the agenda and mark your calendar to attend sessions including: Put AI into the Hands of Everyone with Slack AI Bring Your CRM Data Right into the Flow of Work with Sales Cloud and Slack Discover How Automation Can Transform Your Work with Slack Delight Customers and Drive Service Team Efficiency with Slack Super Demo: Unlock Sales Productivity with Team Selling in Slack Explore the Latest in AI-Powered CRM at World Tour Essentials Singapore As the digital landscape continues to evolve it’s essential to stay up-to-date with the latest tools and technologies at your fingertips. At World Tour Essentials Singapore, you’ll discover how integrating AI with CRM is not just enhancing business processes but is also essential for driving growth and maintaining a competitive edge. Don’t miss this opportunity to see firsthand how you can transform your customer experiences with trusted AI. Register to attend World Tour Essentials Singapore, Wednesday 8 May at the Marina Bay Sands Convention Centre and propel your business forward with CRM + AI + Data + Trust.

					Customer acquisition: A complete guide
Customer acquisition: A complete guide
Customer acquisition is the lifeblood of any business. It’s the process of bringing in new customers and growing your business. Without a steady stream of new customers, your business will eventually stagnate and die. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll cover everything you need to know about an effective customer acquisition strategy, from the basics to advanced strategies. We’ll discuss what customer acquisition is, why it’s important, and how to create an effective and sustainable customer acquisition strategy. We’ll also explore the different channels you can use to acquire customers and how to measure your success. By the end of this guide, you’ll have the knowledge and tools you need to develop a successful customer acquisition strategy for your business. What is customer acquisition? Customer acquisition is the lifeblood of any business. Simply put, it is the process of identifying and acquiring new customers. As the first stage in the customer lifecycle, a customer acquisition plan involves creating awareness of your product or service, generating leads, and converting those leads into customers. Every business needs a steady stream of new customers to survive and grow. Without a consistent influx of fresh faces, your business will eventually stagnate and eventually cease to exist. Customer acquisition is an ongoing process that requires businesses to constantly be on the lookout for new ways to reach and engage with potential customers. Customer Acquisition and the Customer Lifecycle Customer acquisition is the first stage in the customer lifecycle, which is the journey a customer takes from the moment they become aware of your business until they become a loyal customer. The customer lifecycle can be divided into four main stages: 1. Awareness: This is the stage where potential customers first become aware of your online business, and what you have to offer. 2. Consideration: This is the stage where potential customers are considering your product or service as a solution to their needs. 3. Conversion: This is the stage where potential customers make the decision to purchase your product or service. 4. Retention: This is the stage where you focus on keeping your customers happy and satisfied so that they continue to do business with you. Customer acquisition is the key to moving potential customers through the customer lifecycle and ultimately turning them into loyal customers. Why is customer acquisition so essential? Customer acquisition holds significant value for enterprises across all stages and sizes. This process enables your company to: Generate revenue to cover expenses, compensate staff, and fund further expansion, and Demonstrate growth and momentum to external stakeholders like investors, partners, and key influencers. The ability to consistently draw in and secure new clients is an essential for maintaining the vitality and expansion of businesses, ensuring investor confidence in the process. What is the purpose of customer acquisition? Customer acquisition is the process of identifying and acquiring new customers. It is an important part of any business’s growth strategy and can have several key benefits for a business. Some of the main benefits of paid customer acquisition strategies include: – Increasing the number of satisfied customers a business has: This can lead to increased revenue and profit, as well as a larger customer base to which the business can market its products or services. – Increasing revenue and profit: Acquiring new customers can directly increase a business’s revenue and profit. This is because new customers can purchase products or services from the business, increasing the business’s overall sales. – Building brand awareness and customer loyalty: Acquiring new customers can help build brand awareness and loyalty. This is because when new customers have a positive experience with a business, they are more likely to return for future purchases and become loyal customers. – Entering new markets or expanding into new customer segments: Acquiring new customers can help a business enter new markets or expand into new customer segments. This can help the business grow its customer base and reach new customers who may not have been aware of the business before. – Increasing market share: Acquiring new customers can help a business increase its market share. This is because when a business acquires new customers, it takes away market share from its competitors. What is acquisition marketing? Acquisition marketing focuses on attracting new customers or clients to your business. It encompasses various strategies and channels aimed at generating leads and converting them into paying customers. The primary goal of any customer acquisition channel or marketing is to increase your paying customer base and boost revenue. One of the key elements of acquisition marketing is lead generation. This involves identifying potential customers who have shown interest in your products or services. This can be done through various channels such as online advertising, social media marketing, content marketing, search engine optimisation (SEO), and email marketing. By creating engaging and relevant content, you can attract potential customers and encourage them to provide their contact information, thus becoming leads. Once you have generated leads, the next step is to nurture them and convert them into customers. This can be done through personalised email campaigns, follow-up phone calls, or providing prospective customers with additional resources and information to help them make informed decisions. By building relationships and trust with potential customers, you can increase the likelihood of converting them into paying customers. Acquisition marketing involves ongoing marketing efforts, to continuously attract and acquire new customers. It requires a combination of effective strategies, understanding your target audience, using customer acquisition techniques and analysing customer behaviour. By implementing a well-executed acquisition marketing plan, you can expand your customer base, grow your business, and achieve long-term success. The customer acquisition funnel is a model that businesses use to understand and track the customer journey from awareness to purchase. The funnel is divided into five stages: awareness, interest, consideration, decision, and retention. At the top of the marketing funnel is the awareness stage, where potential customers first become aware of your brand or product. This can happen through various channels, such as advertising, social media, or word-of-mouth. The goal of the awareness stage is to generate interest and motivate potential customers to move down the funnel. The next stage is the interest stage, where potential customers start to show interest in your product or service. They may visit your website, read your blog, or follow you on your social media channels. The goal of the interest stage is to engage potential customers and provide them with more information about your offering. Once potential customers are interested in your product, they move into the consideration stage. At this stage, they are comparing different options and considering whether or not to make a purchase. The goal of the consideration stage is to differentiate your product from the competition and convince potential customers that your offering is the best solution for their needs. The fourth stage of the funnel is the decision stage, where potential customers make a decision about whether or not to purchase your product. This is the critical stage of the funnel, as it is where you convert leads into customers. The goal of the decision stage is to make it easy for potential customers to purchase your product and provide them with the information they need to make an informed decision. The final stage of the funnel is the retention stage, where you focus on retaining existing customers and building long-term relationships. The goal of the retention stage is to ensure that customers are satisfied with your product and continue to do business with you. By understanding the customer acquisition funnel, you can develop targeted marketing and sales strategies to move potential customers through each stage of the funnel and increase your chances of converting them into customers. Acquisition channels There are various other customer acquisition methods and channels that businesses can use to reach and acquire new customers. These channels include organic search, paid search, social media, email marketing, and content marketing. Organic search refers to the process of optimising a website so that it appears higher in search engine results pages (SERPs) for relevant keywords. This can be achieved by creating high-quality content, building backlinks, and improving the technical aspects of a website. By optimising for organic search, businesses can increase their visibility in search engines and attract more visitors to their website, leading to increased customer acquisition. Paid search involves using paid advertising to place ads at the top of SERPs for specific keywords. This can be an effective way to reach potential customers who are actively searching for products or services like yours. However, it is important to carefully manage paid search campaigns to ensure that you are getting a positive return on investment (ROI). Social media marketing strategy involves using social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram to connect with potential customers and build relationships. By creating engaging content, running social media ads, and interacting with followers, businesses can use social media to generate leads and drive traffic to their website. Email marketing involves sending promotional emails to a list of subscribers. This can be an effective way to stay in touch with potential and existing customers, promote new products or services, and drive traffic to your website. However, it is important to follow best practices for email marketing, such as obtaining permission before sending emails and providing valuable content, to avoid alienating subscribers. Content marketing involves creating and distributing valuable, relevant, and consistent content to attract and retain a clearly defined audience. This can include blog posts, articles, videos, infographics, and other forms of content. By creating high-quality content that addresses the needs and interests of your target audience, you can build trust and credibility, generate leads, and ultimately acquire new customers. How to develop a customer acquisition strategies To develop a customer acquisition strategy, the first step is to identify your target audience. This involves understanding their needs, pain points, and demographics. This information can be gathered through market research, surveys, and analytics. Once you have a clear understanding of your target audience, you can develop a strategy to reach and acquire them. Setting clear goals and objectives is essential for any customer acquisition strategy. What do you want to achieve with your customer retention strategy? Do you want to increase brand awareness, generate leads, or drive sales? Once you know your goals, you can develop a plan to achieve them. Developing a customer journey map is a helpful tool for visualising the customer experience from the initial touchpoint to the final purchase. This will help you identify any gaps or friction points in the customer journey and make improvements to optimise the process. Creating compelling content is essential for attracting and engaging potential customers. This content can take various forms, such as blog posts, videos, infographics, and social media posts. Ensure that your content is relevant to your target audience and provides value to them. Customer acquisition metrics Metrics are essential for measuring the success of your customer acquisition efforts. This section will discuss the key customer data metrics you should track, including customer acquisition cost (CAC), customer lifetime value (CLTV), customer churn rate, marketing qualified leads (MQLs), and sales qualified leads (SQLs). Customer acquisition cost (CAC) is the total cost of acquiring a new customer. This includes all costs associated with marketing, sales, and customer onboarding. CAC can be calculated by dividing the total cost of new customer acquisition by the number of new customers acquired. Customer lifetime value (CLTV) is the total amount of revenue that a customer is expected to generate over their lifetime. This can be calculated by multiplying the average customer value by the average customer lifespan. Customer churn rate is the percentage of customers who stop doing business with a company over a given period of time. This can be calculated by dividing the number of customers who churned by the total number of customers at the beginning of the period. Marketing qualified leads (MQLs) are potential customers who have shown interest in a company’s product or service but are not yet ready to make a purchase. MQLs can be generated through various marketing channels, such as website visits, email campaigns, and social media. Sales qualified leads (SQLs) are potential customers who have been identified as being ready to make a purchase. SQLs have typically been through the MQL stage and have expressed a strong interest in a company’s product or service. Tracking these customer acquisition metrics can help you measure the effectiveness of your customer acquisition efforts and make adjustments as needed. By optimising your customer acquisition process, you can reduce your CAC, increase your CLTV, and improve your overall customer acquisition ROI. 3 customer acquisition strategy examples Here are three examples of customer acquisition strategies that businesses can use to grow their customer base: 1. Paid advertising Paid advertising is one of the most direct ways to reach new customers. By using platforms like Google AdWords, Facebook Ads, and LinkedIn Ads, businesses can target potential customers with specific ads based on their interests, demographics, and online behaviour. Paid advertising can be an effective way to generate leads, drive traffic to a website, and increase brand awareness. 2. Referral programs Referral programs are a great way to incentivise existing customers to bring in new customers. By offering rewards or discounts to customers who refer new business, businesses can tap into the power of word-of-mouth marketing. Referral programs can be especially effective for businesses with a loyal customer base. 3. Partnerships and collaborations Partnering with other businesses can be a great way to reach new customers and expand your market reach. By collaborating with complementary businesses, businesses can cross-promote each other’s products or services and access new customer segments. Partnerships can also be a great way to gain credibility and build trust with potential customers. These are just a few examples of customer acquisition strategies that businesses can use to grow their customer base. By understanding the target audience, setting clear goals, and creating compelling content, businesses can successfully attract and acquire new customers. Common customer acquisition challenges and solutions There are several common challenges businesses face in their organic customer acquisition strategies. These include: – Competition: In today’s competitive business environment, there are numerous businesses competing for the attention of the same potential customers. This means businesses need to find ways to stand out from the competition and differentiate their products or services. – Lack of brand awareness: For new businesses or those with limited brand recognition, creating awareness of their products or services can be a significant challenge. – High customer acquisition costs: Acquiring new customers can be expensive, especially if businesses rely heavily on paid advertising or other marketing channels that require significant investment. – Long sales cycles: For some businesses, the sales cycle can be long and complex, which can make it difficult to convert leads into customers quickly. – Customer churn: Once businesses have acquired customers, they need to focus on retaining them and preventing churn. This can be challenging, especially in industries with high levels of competition. To overcome these challenges, businesses can implement various solutions, such as: – Developing a strong value proposition: Clearly articulating the unique value proposition of a business’s products or services can help differentiate it from competitors and attract potential customers. – Investing in brand building: Building brand awareness through effective marketing and communication strategies can help businesses reach a wider audience and establish a strong reputation. – Optimising customer acquisition channels: Analysing and optimising the effectiveness of different customer acquisition channels can help businesses allocate their resources more efficiently and reduce customer acquisition and marketing costs further. – Streamlining the sales process: By simplifying the sales process and removing unnecessary steps, businesses can shorten the sales cycle and improve conversion rates. – Implementing customer retention strategies: Developing and implementing customer retention strategies, such as loyalty programs and excellent customer service, can help businesses measure customer acquisition, reduce churn and increase customer lifetime value. How LIKE.TG can help with customer acquisition LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) platform that can help businesses of all sizes acquire new customers. It provides a complete view of your customers across all touchpoints and channels, so you can understand their needs and preferences and tailor your marketing and sales efforts accordingly. With LIKE.TG, you can automate your marketing campaigns, nurture leads with personalised messaging, and manage your sales process from start to finish. You can also build a seamless omnichannel shopping experience for your customers, so they can easily purchase from you no matter how they choose to interact with your business. In addition, LIKE.TG provides robust analytics and reporting tools, so you can track your customer acquisition progress and make informed decisions about your marketing and sales strategies. By using LIKE.TG, you can streamline and improve your customer acquisition and process and grow your business faster. Here are some more customers’ specific examples of how LIKE.TG has helped businesses acquire new customers: – A leading technology company used LIKE.TG to create a personalised customer journey for each of its website visitors. By understanding the interests and needs of each visitor, the company was able to target them with relevant content and offers, which resulted in a 30% increase in conversions. – A major retailer used LIKE.TG to automate its email marketing campaigns. By sending targeted emails to its customers, the retailer was able to increase its open rates by 20% and its click-through rates by 15%. – A small business used LIKE.TG to manage its sales process. By tracking leads and opportunities, the business was able to increase its sales by 25%. These are just a few examples of the many ways that LIKE.TG can help businesses acquire new customers. If you’re looking for a CRM platform that can help you grow your business, LIKE.TG is a great option.

					5 Small Business Marketing Tools To Generate More Leads
5 Small Business Marketing Tools To Generate More Leads
Small businesses often need to do more with less, so it’s critical to have the right tools. The right small business marketing tools can help your company be more efficient, and accelerate growth. If your small business marketing team wants to generate more quality leads, these tips can help you connect with customers more effectively and score big results. 1. Use Google Analytics to optimise your website Website optimisation is a priority for every marketer and a key marketing tool for any SMB, but especially for those that sell, advertise, and target online. Use Google Analytics to generate free data and performance reports, including: A conversions path report to identify tests. A path report shows you the route your visitors take on your website before they convert, including the path that yields the highest conversion rate. Is it “Homepage>product page>trial” or “Homepage>pricing>trial”? Pay attention to the path and use this insight to design tests and experiments to boost conversion rate. A basic channel report to track conversion. Detail how each marketing channel is driving conversions. Are your social ads driving any revenue? How is SEM performing against SEO? You can adjust your investments/budget based on the returns from your best performing channels. A funnel report to identify bottlenecks. This shows you where conversions drop off. Is most of your traffic going from the homepage to your lead form, then exiting? Maybe your lead form has too many fields or the content doesn’t resonate. (If so, change up your form to make it more customer friendly.) A cohort report to track how segments perform over time. This report looks at which segment converts at the highest rate. In a cohort report you might learn that, say, if you retarget a user within 15 minutes of them leaving your site, they’re more likely to convert. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now 2. Lean on marketing automation to sync sales and marketing data To get the most out of your marketing, information and tracking must get to sales. This is why marketing automation is one of the most important small business marketing tools. As a marketer, you need to know your customer — all that data is already in your customer relationship management (CRM) system. Access to it gives marketing and sales teams the information they need to create relevant and engaging campaigns. With integrated systems, you can put the customer’s needs first and provide relevant marketing messages to help nurture your leads. Eager for specifics? Here are some of the benefits outlined in our SMB Guide to Sales and Marketing Alignment: Increase the quality of leads available to sales reps, and prevent leads from slipping through the cracks. Ensure that sales reps can effectively engage prospects with the right content at the right time. Evolve prospecting from a solo act to a collaboration with marketers who have the expertise and reach to find more qualified prospects in half the time. Create a steady stream of sales leads. Close more sales in less time, build a more efficient sales funnel, enjoy shorter sales cycles, and ultimately, drive more revenue. 3. Use email marketing software to nurture customers and drive conversion The State of Marketing report shared that 76% of marketers use email to communicate with their customers. But many of us communicate with customers via email only to have the customer delete it. How do you avoid that in the future? Use a combination of technology and technique in your small business marketing tools: Build campaigns triggered by behavioural and intent actions. Are most people dropping off from a page on your website? Did someone get stuck in a trial? What triggered their first purchase? Talk to the sales and product teams about identifying high-converting actions. Rebuild your nurture email to drive the conversions you want. The anatomy of an effective marketing email is not just good copy. You need to couple that with data — someone’s search history, their trial experience, their titles, the size of the company they work for — to make your emails personalised. Would you rather receive an abandoned cart email offering you a discount? Or a generic email promoting a product you don’t care about? Relevance will improve your open rates, click rate, and ultimately, conversions. 4. Boost organic traffic with SEO small business marketing tools Using the right words is the key difference between gaining and losing organic website traffic. And traffic can make or break your small business online marketing. For example, prospects might search for “customer service tools” versus the industry term “help desk solutions.” Your company’s internal language around a product or service is most likely not the same as the words and phrases millions of people use to search. With keyword research, you’ll be able to understand all the ways prospects search to get to your (or your competitor’s) website. The best part? Determining the right search engine optimisation (SEO) terms doesn’t have to be costly. Diagnostic tools like Moz and SEMrush can pay for themselves over time. Use these tips to see big changes in your traffic: Check your website authority (the “strength” of your domain). Jot down what your domain authority is before optimisation. Use that as your baseline, and then check your domain authority again in three to six months. The score should go up and you should see your optimisations come to fruition. Benchmark this score against your competitors. Boost your domain authority with on-page optimisation. This includes a number of housekeeping things like adding keywords in title tags and meta descriptions, creating an intuitive site structure, having an easy navigation bar, and asking other sites to link back to yours whenever and wherever it’s relevant. Test your site speed and load time. Google search tools honour sites that are mobile optimised and load quickly. You can test your site for this diagnostic, and then optimise your site for speed as necessary. Above all, content should be relevant, deliver high value, and resonate with your prospects and customers. Campaigns that move prospects through the funnel with personalised email nurture campaigns, digital content, and virtual events are a great way to engage. 5. Improve collaboration with Slack Communicating and collaborating in real time is key for teams generating new leads. Slack connects everyone you work with — both those in your business and your key partners and customers. Slack also supports the way people naturally work together — in real time or not, in-person and remote, structured or informal. These features can help drive productivity for your business: Slack channels – to keep important information organised and at your fingertips Huddles – communicate in real time and eliminate unnecessary meetings Schedule messages – prep messages to post at a future date or time, so you can keep work flowing even when you’re away from your computer Workflows – automate tasks you do every day so you can work more efficiently Get your small business marketing tools up to par, and get the help you need to find new business and connect with customers.

					5 Customer Service Trends You Need to Watch
5 Customer Service Trends You Need to Watch
As technology advances, the state of customer service changes along with it. Customers expect companies to adapt to their needs, and technologies like generative AI are playing a major role in meeting those evolving expectations. Here are five customer service trends to keep on your radar as you prepare for the future of customer service, based on new data from the “State of Service” report.1. Service organisations are now revenue generators — not cost centresCompanies are looking for new ways to drive growth and protect their margins, and many see service as a prime opportunity. In fact, 85% of decision makers say service is expected to contribute a larger share of revenue this year.So how can you take action? Our research shows that leading organisations are actively tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) that are linked to tangible business outcomes. In fact, the share of service organisations tracking revenue generation has nearly doubled since 2018, from 51% to an astonishing 91%. The share tracking customer retention rose by 29 percentage points over the same period. If those customer service analytics aren’t already on your radar, it’s time to make some changes — otherwise you risk getting left behind. (back to top)2. Self-service is a clear competitive advantageSelf-service helps customers resolve simple issues, freeing agents to spend more time on high-complexity, high-value interactions.Our latest research shows that high-performing organisations are much more likely than underperformers to provide self-service tools like knowledge-powered help centres, customer self-service portals, and chatbots powered by AI. When customers can interact with a chatbot to answer a question or use a guided journey to start a return, live agents have the time they need to manage more complicated requests. That’s critically important for the 69% of agents who report difficulty balancing speed and quality. (back to top)3. Connected data enables a better customer experienceMany organisations keep data in different silos or applications, so it’s difficult to get a complete view of the customer across all channels.Bringing customer data together is all about creating an end-to-end view of the entire customer journey. This way, you’ll have a continuous feedback loop between sales, service, and marketing, keeping everyone on the same page. Maybe that’s why 82% of high-performing organisations use the same customer relationship management (CRM) platform across all departments — up from 62% just two years ago.The stakes are high: 92% of analytics and IT leaders say the need for trustworthy data is greater than ever. That’s why privacy, security, and trust have already become a major competitive advantage in the evolving AI landscape.As companies try to stay one step ahead of these and other customer service trends, leading organisations are adopting programs that prevent large-language models (LLMs) from retaining sensitive customer data. More organisations are training their own domain-specific models to access a secure AI cloud while storing data on their own infrastructure. These efforts are essential to preserving customers’ loyalty and trust in the years to come.(back to top)4. Conversational AI is taking proactive, personalised service to the next levelWhen it comes to meeting customers’ sky-high expectations, proactive service is more important than ever. “It’s essential to proactively resolve issues before they have any significant business impact,” says Jules O’Donnell, LIKE.TG administration manager at Quickbase. “This means keeping up with technology solutions to scale service and meet customers where they are.”Our latest research backs that up: 95% of decision makers at organisations with AI report cost and time savings, and 92% say generative AI helps them deliver better customer service. It should come as no surprise, then, that 83% of decision makers plan to increase their AI investment over the next year, while only 6% say they have no plans for the technology whatsoever.The introduction of conversational AI assistants is one of the innovations that’s making these benefits possible. From the contact centre to the field, AI assistants surface the right information at the right time to enable proactive service, improve Net Promoter Scores, and increase loyalty.Here’s what that looks like in practice: Responding to customers with personalised, relevant answers grounded in trusted company knowledge across any preferred channel — including email, SMS, live chat, and social mediaResolving customer issues faster using generative answers seamlessly integrated into agents’ and technicians’ flow of workAutonomously completing tasks like auto-summarising intricate support cases and field work orders (back to top)5. AI is improving productivity and safety in the fieldOur research shows that mobile workers say innovative field service technologies make them feel safer and more effective at their jobs, empowering them to be better brand ambassadors. These technologies include intelligent scheduling, route optimisation, AI-generated reports, and augmented reality (which can create detailed 3D rendering of large areas in seconds).One of the emerging benefits of these and other technologies is the ability to generate insights and predict job duration. For example, workers can use AI to easily view asset condition as well as maintenance and repair history, then schedule proactive service to minimise downtime.Customers are benefiting, too. They can book and reschedule their own appointments using intelligent appointment assistance. And many customers have the ability to check when a technician is on the way, reducing no-shows and call volume for a better customer experience all around. (back to top)Staying one step ahead of customer service trendsA great strategy starts with the right questions. How can you pursue innovation while maintaining the integrity of your data? How do you build customers’ loyalty and trust? And what’s the secret to delivering faster, more effective customer service without breaking the bank?The right technologies can help you prepare for the future while keeping up with the latest customer service trends. That’s why your organisation must combine people, technology, and processes to deliver faster, more effective service at scale — with AI assisting you every step of the way.(back to top)

					How To Keep Email Subscribers Engaged for Life
How To Keep Email Subscribers Engaged for Life
If you’re an email marketer, building a strong subscriber list is one of your top goals. But it’s also crucial to keep those email subscribers over the long term. Sending them great content is a given. But there’s an underrated factor that also determines success: email deliverability. Email platforms Gmail and Yahoo recently announced new measures to help prevent spam from reaching readers’ inboxes, meaning new domain validation requirements for bulk email senders. So if you want to avoid the spam filter, it’s time to take a step back and gain a better understanding of the three phases of email deliverability before you build your next campaign. Email deliverability is a message lifecycle that begins with a customer’s setup (the company sending the email) and extends out to the placement of a targeted message to their email subscribers. Subscriber engagement influences follow-on messaging. What are the phases of email deliverability? Email deliverability has three phases: setup, connect and curate. Your setup is the collection of products that comprise your account – these become personalised experiences and infrastructure for your campaigns. You utilise this infrastructure to then connect to your customers. In your customer outreach, permission is required and relevance is expected. Curate is when you analyse campaign results and take action based on email subscriber sentiment. Delivering an initial 15% off coupon is easy, but boosting engagement in month 15 and beyond is a challenge. Let’s take a deeper look at the elements of these phases and how they translate into long-term email subscribers. 1. Setup phase When we talk about “setup,” we’re referring to specific product offerings that help your mail reach the inbox of your email subscribers. These include: Sender Authentication Package (SAP): This ensures a customer has compliant, authenticated email messages that reflect their brand. Be sure to set up your SAP prior to sending to improve your odds of reaching the inbox. Private Domain: This authenticates a customer’s sending domain for use with email, but it does not come with a dedicated IP or any type of ‘branding’ within the account like a full SAP setup would. Dedicated IP Addresses:All customers who sendmore than 100,000 emails a month either in a single account or across their enterprise need to be utilising a dedicated IP address. This allows them to control the reputation of their sending IP(s). Multiple Dedicated IPs may be needed for high volume senders. Dedicated MTAs (Mail Transfer Agents): Dedicated infrastructure for high volume senders over 500 million annually. Ask your account executive if this solution is right for your company. SSL (Secure Sockets Layer): SSL Certificates are how a URL goes from being HTTP to HTTPS in the browser. SSL allows sensitive information to be uniquely encrypted and transmitted securely. Once your SAP domain is applied to your account, you can secure the domain via the application. You need to have the proper products (and the correct number of them) in place before you start sending email, so you can build out the best sender reputation possible. Your reputation as a properly authenticated sender of compliant mail helps you reach the inbox (and not the spam folder) of your email subscriber on a consistent basis. This helps improve email deliverability, ensuring you get the most for your money. Over time your company’s needs may change, due to organic email subscriber growth (you may need more sending IPs) or restructuring/mergers (changes in domains/SAP setups). It’s important to work with your account executive on a regular basis to review your exact situation. Get articles about marketing selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now 2. Connect phase If you are in the “connect” phase of email deliverability, you likely already understand that email isn’t as simple as “batch and blast.” Email subscribers and receivers have become more sophisticated over time and expect relevant content sent at a reasonable frequency. Inbound filtering algorithms on the ISP (Internet Service Provider) end are tracking spikes in volume, engagement rates, spam complaints and bounce metrics in real time to determine whether mail should be placed in the inbox, the bulk folder or outright blocked. Here are the components of responsible sending: IP warming: Warming is an exercise all customers using dedicated IPs will need to go through. It’s how a legitimate sender introduces themselves to the ISPs by slowly building volume over time so it doesn’t overwhelm the ISPs like a spammer would and to allow metrics to be gathered for click/open/complaint rates. Permission based marketing: All addresses in a customer’s list must give explicit permission for the customer to send them email via the application. Relevant content/agreed upon frequency: Are you sending your emails more often than you promised? Less often? Is the content different from what you promised? Remember that communications are to be anticipated, personal, and relevant. If your users don’t anticipate your email or your content, reevaluate why you are sending them email in the first place. Easy to opt out: Ensure the unsubscribe process is easy and hassle-free for the end user. It’s better for a user to unsubscribe than mark your email as spam. List hygiene: Do you have addresses that you haven’t mailed to in six months? How about customers who haven’t opened an email or clicked a link in that same time period? These customers cost money to mail, reduce your results, and are more likely to register spam complaints against messages — harming your email deliverability. 3. Curate phase This phase is about monitoring campaign performance to better understand your email subscribers and their preferences. No single metric can tell you how well you’re doing – it takes a comprehensive view over time to really see trends and know where to adjust. Monitor campaign performance for trends: Utilise tracking andData Viewsto keep a close eye on trends around engagement (click rates) and complaints/unsubscribes. Listen to what your subscribers are telling you and adjust accordingly. Take action for high bounce rates: Proactively remove your bounced addresses before your next send. Even though the application automatically holds undeliverable emails after the third bounce, a bounce rate greater than 10% can dramatically harm your deliverability and ISP reputation. A bounce rate this high could suggest problems with the opt-in process for your email subscriber list. Make adjustments: List fatigue is real, as email subscribers tend to disengage over time as interests change or they find new brands. Sending the same 15% off coupon week after week may not be enough to keep an email subscriber engaged. Know that it’s okay to let unengaged subscribers go from your list. Saying goodbye can be hard. After all, you fought to earn that customer’s address. Here we are eight months down the road from their last click, and it seems like maybe they just don’t feel the same way they used to about you. Don’t take it personally – it’s okay to remove email subscribers who are no longer showing interest in your brand from your list. It doesn’t make you a bad marketer. It makes you a savvy one. Understanding where the ROI in your database comes from and nurturing that subscriber base optimises your ability to reach those highly engaged customers in their inbox. This vastly improves the odds of driving further interactions. Continuing to mail an unengaged subscriber base results in lower click/open metrics, more spam complaints and increased likelihood of receivers deciding your mail should be in the junk folder. Best practices to keep email subscribers engaged Our main point is that deliverability isn’t a ‘set forget’ situation. It takes ongoing maintenance of content, lists and products to achieve a consistent high level of success. You may find yourself re-entering the different phases of the email deliverability lifecycle periodically as you are constantly connecting with your email subscribers and curating those results, you may have a business need that requires you to re-enter the setup phase to accommodate increases in email subscriber volume or new lines of business.Setup: Have the proper products and number of products in place to meet your sending goals and ensure compliance.Connect: Send relevant content to opted-in subscribers. Don’t send more than expected and ensure you have a clear call to action to drive engagement.Curate: Review your results and act accordingly. What worked last month may not work today, adjust your audience, content frequency as needed. Mailbox providers Gmail and Yahoo recently announced a set of requirements for bulk mail senders that touches on authentication of the sending domain, use of a clearly defined opt-out method and the importance of keeping spam complaints to a minimum (under 0.3% per Gmail’s guidance). These have been long-standing best practices in email marketing, but enforcement at the major mailbox providers reinforces the need for senders to be aware of the importance of the messaging lifecycle. Ignoring it is the fastest way to find yourself in the spam folder or blocked and unable to reach the inbox of your customers. Start improving your open rates today Want to learn more about the foundation of successful email sending? Discover how on Trailhead, the free online learning platform from LIKE.TG. See how it’s done +400 points Module Email Deliverability Concepts

					CRM Database: What is it and how to utilise it
CRM Database: What is it and how to utilise it
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) databases have become an essential tool for businesses of all sizes. By storing and organising customer data, CRM databases help companies track sales opportunities, manage customer relationships, and deliver better customer service. In this blog post, we will explore the benefits of using a CRM database, discuss how to get started with one, and provide tips for optimising your CRM data. We will also provide a specific example of a CRM database and explore the features and benefits of LIKE.TG, a leading CRM platform. What is a CRM database? A customer relationship management (CRM) database is a software platform that helps businesses manage customer interactions and data. It is a centralised repository for all customer-related information, including contact details, purchase history, support interactions, and more. By leveraging a CRM database, businesses can effectively manage customer relationships, track sales opportunities, and deliver exceptional customer service. A CRM database goes beyond simply storing customer data. It enables businesses to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. This information can be leveraged to personalise marketing campaigns, improve customer service strategies, and drive business growth. Additionally, CRM databases facilitate collaboration among different departments within an organisation, ensuring that all customer interactions are consistent and aligned with the company’s overall goals. In today’s competitive business landscape, having a robust CRM database is essential for businesses that want to succeed. It provides a comprehensive view of the customer journey, allowing businesses to make informed decisions, optimise their sales processes, and deliver a seamless customer experience. With its ability to streamline customer interactions, enhance sales performance, and drive business growth, a CRM database is an indispensable tool for modern businesses. Benefits of utilising a CRM database A CRM database offers a plethora of benefits to businesses of all sizes and industries. Here are some compelling reasons why utilising a CRM database is crucial: Streamlined communication and customer service: A CRM database centralises all customer interactions, making it easier for businesses to track and respond to customer inquiries, complaints, and requests. This streamlined communication enhances customer satisfaction and loyalty, as customers can seamlessly reach out to businesses and receive prompt assistance. Improved customer retention: By leveraging customer data and insights from a CRM database, businesses can develop targeted strategies to retain existing customers. This can be achieved through personalised marketing campaigns, proactive customer service, and loyalty programs. By nurturing customer relationships, businesses can increase customer lifetime value and reduce customer churn. Increased sales and revenue: A CRM database empowers businesses to identify and capitalise on sales opportunities. By analysing customer data, companies can gain insights into customer preferences, buying patterns, and pain points. This knowledge enables businesses to tailor their sales pitches, upselling and cross-selling opportunities, and pricing strategies, leading to increased sales and revenue growth. Enhanced decision-making: A CRM database provides businesses with valuable data and analytics that support informed decision-making. By analysing customer data, companies can gain insights into market trends, customer behaviour, and sales performance. This information empowers businesses to make data-driven decisions about product development, marketing campaigns, and resource allocation, ultimately driving business success. Better targeted marketing: A CRM database enables businesses to segment customers based on various criteria such as demographics, purchase history, and engagement levels. This segmentation allows companies to deliver personalised marketing campaigns that resonate with specific customer groups. Targeted marketing campaigns increase the effectiveness of marketing efforts, resulting in higher conversion rates and improved return on investment (ROI). Data migration: 5 steps to getting started with a CRM database Data migration is a crucial step in implementing a CRM database. Here are five steps to help you get started: 1. Define the Scope and Objectives of Your Data Migration Project: Before embarking on the data migration process, clearly defining your project’s scope and objectives is essential. This includes identifying the specific data that needs to be migrated, the source systems from which the data will be extracted, and the target CRM database where the data will be stored. Additionally, it’s crucial to set measurable objectives for the data migration process, such as ensuring data accuracy, completeness, and consistency. 2. Identify the Source Systems and Data to be Migrated: The next step involves identifying the source systems from which data will be extracted. This could include various systems such as spreadsheets, legacy CRM systems, customer support platforms, e-commerce platforms, and more. Once the source systems are identified, you need to determine the specific data elements that need to be migrated. This may include customer contact information, purchase history, support interactions, product information, and other relevant data. 3. Design the Target CRM Database Schema and Data Model: The target CRM database should accommodate the data migrated from the source systems. This involves creating a database schema that defines the tables, fields, and relationships that will store the data. Additionally, you need to develop a data model that specifies the data types, formats, and constraints for each data element. 4. Extract, Transform, and Load the Data: Once the target CRM database schema is designed, you can proceed with the data migration process. This involves extracting data from the source systems, transforming it to conform to the target CRM database schema, and loading it into the CRM database. Data transformation may include tasks such as data cleansing, data conversion, and data enrichment. 5. Test the Migrated Data and Ensure Data Integrity: The final step is thoroughly testing the migrated data to ensure its accuracy, completeness, and consistency. This involves verifying that the data has been correctly extracted, transformed, and loaded into the CRM database. Additionally, it’s essential to perform data validation checks to identify any errors or discrepancies in the data. Regular data quality checks should be implemented to maintain data integrity over time. CRM database example CRM databases are essential for businesses looking to manage customer interactions effectively and drive growth. Several popular CRM database software options are available, each with unique features and capabilities. Here, we will briefly explore four widely recognised CRM database software: LIKE.TG Sales Cloud CRM, Pipedrive CRM, Zoho CRM, and HubSpot CRM. LIKE.TG Sales Cloud CRM is a comprehensive CRM solution designed for businesses of all sizes. It offers a wide range of features, including sales force automation, customer service management, marketing automation, and analytics. LIKE.TG Sales Cloud CRM is highly customisable and can be integrated with various third-party applications, making it a versatile option for businesses with complex requirements. Pipedrive CRM is a user-friendly CRM software specifically designed for sales teams. It emphasises visual sales pipelines, allowing users to track the progress of their deals easily. Pipedrive CRM also offers features such as lead management, email integration, and mobile access, making it an excellent choice for sales professionals on the go. Zoho CRM is a cloud-based solution offering a wide range of features, including sales force automation, customer service management, marketing automation, and analytics. Zoho CRM is known for its affordability and ease of use, making it an excellent option for small businesses and startups. HubSpot CRM is a free CRM software offering various features, including contact management, lead generation, email marketing, and analytics. HubSpot CRM is an excellent option for businesses looking for a cost-effective CRM solution with powerful marketing capabilities. These four CRM database software options represent a fraction of the available choices in the market. Businesses should carefully evaluate their needs and requirements when selecting a CRM database to ensure they find the best fit for their organisation. Six ways to optimise your CRM data Optimising your CRM data is crucial to ensure its accuracy, consistency, and usability. Here are six effective ways to optimise your CRM data: 1. Identify and Eliminate Duplicate Data: Duplicate data can lead to errors, confusion, and wasted storage space. Regularly audit your CRM database to identify and eliminate duplicate records. This can be done manually or by using data cleansing tools. 2. Enrich Your Data with Additional Sources: Enhance your CRM data by integrating it with other data sources such as social media platforms, loyalty programs, and website analytics. This will provide a more comprehensive view of your customers and their interactions with your business. 3. Standardise Your Data Formats: Ensure consistency in data formats across all fields and records. This includes standardising date formats, currency formats, and measurement units. Data standardisation improves data accuracy and facilitates data analysis. 4. Regularly Cleanse Your Data: Clean your CRM data to remove outdated, incomplete, or inaccurate information. Data cleansing helps maintain data integrity and ensures your CRM system contains only relevant and useful data. 5. Implement Data Governance Policies and Procedures: Establish clear data governance policies and procedures to ensure customer data’s consistent and ethical use. This includes defining data ownership, access rights, and data security measures. 6. Train Your Team on Data Quality: Educate your team about the importance of data quality and provide training on proper data entry and management practices. Empower your employees to maintain accurate and up-to-date customer information. Getting Started with a LIKE.TG CRM Database This section will provide a step-by-step guide on getting started with a LIKE.TG CRM database. We will cover everything from signing up for a LIKE.TG account to importing your data into the database. Step 1: Sign up for a LIKE.TG account The first step is to sign up for a LIKE.TG account. You can do this by visiting the LIKE.TG website and clicking the “Sign Up” button. You must provide your name, email address, and password. You will also need to choose a plan. LIKE.TG offers a variety of plans, so you can choose the one that best fits your needs. Step 2: Import your data Once you have created your LIKE.TG account, you can import your data into the database. You can do this by using the LIKE.TG Data Loader. The Data Loader tool allows you to import data from various sources, including CSV files, Excel files, and other databases. Step 3: Customise your LIKE.TG database After you have imported your data, you can customise your LIKE.TG database to meet your specific needs. You can do this by creating custom fields, objects, and reports. You can also use the LIKE.TG AppExchange to install third-party apps that can extend the functionality of your database. Step 4: Train your team on LIKE.TG Once you have customised your LIKE.TG database, you need to train your team to use it. LIKE.TG offers a variety of training resources, including online courses, webinars, and in-person training. You can also hire a LIKE.TG consultant to help you train your team. Step 5: Go live with LIKE.TG Once your team is trained, you can go live with LIKE.TG. This means that you will start using LIKE.TG to manage your customer relationships. LIKE.TG can help you streamline your sales process, improve customer service, and grow your business.

					Insurance Companies in Southeast Asia are Unlocking New Opportunities with AI
Insurance Companies in Southeast Asia are Unlocking New Opportunities with AI
2023 has been a uniquely challenging year for the insurance sector. Inflation, climate change, and supply chain issues have contributed to 10-year record high losses for some insurance companies. To mitigate these pressures, forward-thinking insurance companies in Southeast Asia are looking for new ways to use artificial intelligence (AI) to create efficiencies across the value chain. And, in doing so, they’re finding new opportunities for growth. In Singapore, for example, 50% of respondents to the LIKE.TG Connected Financial Services Report said they would switch to a new insurer if they offered a better digital experience. However, face-to-face engagement and the human advisory experience is still important in Southeast Asia to build customer trust, especially in high impact and personalised products like Life and Health (LH) insurance. While in the Property Casualty (PC) insurance business, there has been an increasing momentum to go full digital and touchless. There is a generational aspect to this human/digital balance too. For example, the more seasoned generations typically prefer some human touch in the customer journey, while young consumers usually prefer more digital experiences. Meanwhile, advancements in AI – particularly the rapid commercialisation of GenAI products through 2023 – have led insurers to adopt AI in various functions. 1. Adopt a data-first approach to leverage AI Data has always been crucial for managing risk, determining claims, and setting premiums. In addition, it’s also a critical tool actuaries use to set the prices and rules that give insurers confidence that they can cover claims while staying solvent and regulatory compliant. In this way, data is foundational to the insurance sector’s financial health and ability to mitigate risk. The advent of AI has heightened the importance of data in insurance to even higher levels, because AI is only effective when insurers use rich, interconnected, trusted datasets. For example, Thailand-based online car insurer, Roojai, is able to utilise granular data sets to focus on optimising the customer journey from origin to conclusion. This has contributed to a 25% reduction in cost per conversion, and a 16% increase in conversions. To adopt a similar data-first approach, insurers can use LIKE.TG Customer 360 to: Connect and unify customer data to enhance downstream applications with a 360-degree customer view. For example, LIKE.TG Customer 360and MuleSoftconnect your departments and customer data to provide a single, shared view of your customers. Benefit from generative AI without compromising data thanks to best-in-class security guardrails and enterprise security standards. For example, the Einstein Trust Layer uses guardrails like dynamic grounding, zero data retention, and toxicity detection, to protect data privacy and security and improve AI results accuracy. Grows deeper policyholder connections and increases productivity. For example, Data Cloud translates raw data into intelligence that enables insurance agents to visualise all customer engagement and activity, segment audiences, and prioritise cross-sell opportunities. Enhance customer engagement with personalised interactions and insights. For example, a connected CRM gives your teams access to a single source of customer data they can use to personalise content and experiences to meet your customers’ unique needs. Offer AI-driven insights, data analytics, and data visualisation across departments. For example, Tableau Analytics can be used to create intelligent experiences across the company with augmented analytics tools such as one-click storytelling with automated discovery, real-time recommendations, and narrative explanations with natural language generation. 2. Use automation technology to streamline operational processes Swift underwriting is essential to deliver a seamless insurance sales experience to customers. This has been a challenge for insurance companies because underwriting often requires extensive amounts of information processing and decision-making. Imagine managing extensive data on coverage, benefits, and pricing across numerous insurance plans, conducting rule validation, and workflows across various applications. This can significantly lengthen turnaround times. In addition, underwriting is more than just a desktop task. It involves collaboration with various partners and customers. For example, insuring a High Net Worth Individual (HNWI) in Asia might require assessments of health, lifestyle, and financials. This sometimes involves third-party services, which adds further complexity. Similarly, commercial property insurance requires thorough property assessments, sometimes with onsite surveys by risk engineers. These comprehensive processes all contribute to longer turnaround times for the customer. Insurers can streamline insurance processes by leveraging industry solutions. For example, LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud automates underwriting and pricing, optimises workflows and collaboration, reduces turnaround time, and thus enhances sales conversion and Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) by empowering agents to focus on effective sales engagement and opportunities for cross-selling and up-selling.In addition, Slack, brings conversations, collaboration, and automation together, making collaboration and communication between underwriters, sales agents, product managers, and third party service providers organised and aligned. Past underwriting data and knowledge are made easily accessible through Slack’s AI-powered search. And real-time analytics and visualisation, along with natural language queries, empower employees to make informed decisions quickly. 3. Recruit multi-generational customers with innovative digital engagement As a new, affluent young customer group emerges in the region, insurance engagement is shifting from limited touchpoints to more frequent contact. For example, Singapore-based insurer Singlife understands the importance of connecting with their customers on their preferred channels, and replaced post-delivered policy documents with engaging digital experiences. The aim is to make buying insurance as seamless an experience as shopping on any other online platform. In addition, innovative telematics-based rewards, digital health concierges, health thought leadership, and engaging digital methods like embedded finance and gamified social media campaigns are all helping insurance companies to more effectively engage with customers online. At the same time, social media platforms that attract diverse user groups enable insurers to personalise their marketing efforts. LIKE.TG Marketing Cloud is one tool insurers are using to achieve this. It enables real-time, hyper-personalised engagement with native integration across digital platforms. Marketing Cloud also leverages Einstein AI for automated, customised customer journeys and sophisticated analytics for marketing performance and ROI insights. This approach ensures insurers remain competitive and effective in a rapidly evolving market. Seize today’s opportunities with next-gen solutions The insurance industry stands at a pivotal juncture, marked by both challenges and opportunities. For insurers, the path ahead includes adopting trusted AI and data strategies, automating and augmenting insurance processes, and captivating and retaining multi-generational customers through diverse channels. Leveraging platforms like LIKE.TG’s multi-cloud solutions will be crucial in integrating these initiatives, enabling insurers to not only satisfy current needs but also stay future proof. This strategic approach will drive sustainable growth and resilience in the ever-evolving insurance landscape in Southeast Asia.

					What are conversion rates?
What are conversion rates?
Conversion rate is a crucial metric that measures the effectiveness of your website or app in converting visitors into customers. It’s the percentage of visitors who take a desired action, such as making a purchase, signing up for a newsletter, or downloading an app. Understanding conversion rate is essential for businesses looking to optimise their online presence and drive growth. In this blog post, we’ll explore what conversion rate is, how to calculate it, why it’s important, and how to improve it. We’ll also provide conversion rate benchmarks and tips for enhancing your website’s conversion rate with LIKE.TG, the world’s leading customer relationship management (CRM) platform. The definition of conversion rate Conversion rates are a key metric that measures the effectiveness of your website or app in converting visitors into customers. It is calculated as the percentage of visitors who take a desired action, such as making a purchase, signing up for a newsletter, or downloading an app. In simpler terms, it represents the ratio of the number of conversions to the total number of visitors or sessions on your website or app. Conversion rate serves as a valuable indicator of how well your website or app is achieving its intended goals. By monitoring and analysing conversion rates, businesses can gain insights into the effectiveness of their marketing campaigns, website design, user experience, and overall performance. It helps identify areas for improvement and allows businesses to make data-driven decisions to optimise their online presence and drive growth. Furthermore, conversion rate optimisation plays an essential role in tracking the success of specific initiatives, such as marketing campaigns, website redesigns, or the introduction of new features. By comparing conversion rates before and after implementing changes, businesses can quantify the impact of their efforts and make informed decisions about future strategies. Effective conversion rate optimisation strategies 1. Homepage Optimisation Opportunities The homepage serves as the initial point of contact for website visitors, making it crucial for a positive first impression and pivotal in retaining visitor interest to delve deeper into your site. Enhancements can include highlighting links to the product pages for details, promoting a free registration option, or integrating a chatbot to engage with visitors and answer their questions throughout their site exploration. 2. Enhancements for Pricing Pages The pricing page often determines whether visitors proceed to purchase. Utilising CRO techniques here can transform browsers into buyers by tweaking pricing structures (e.g., annual vs. monthly fees), elaborating on product features for different pricing tiers, providing contact options for direct inquiries, or introducing interactive elements like pop-up forms. An example of successful implementation is Hotjar, which added an email opt-in popup on its pricing page, resulting in over 400 new leads within three weeks. 3. Blog Conversion Strategies Blogs represent a significant opportunity for conversions by not only offering valuable industry insights but also by integrating effective CRO strategies to drive conversions and turn readers into leads. Tactics might include embedding multiple calls-to-action throughout posts, or promoting content offers like ebooks or reports in exchange for reader email addresses. 4. Landing Page Enhancements Given their direct call to action, landing pages typically exhibit the highest conversion rates among all types of signup forms—an impressive average of 23%. For example, an event landing page might feature a video from a previous event to boost registration rates for the current year, while a resource offering page could showcase snippets of content to entice downloads. Understanding When to Initiate CRO Knowing the best areas to apply CRO is key to conversion optimisation, and it’s equally important to recognise the right time to begin optimising your site for improved conversion rates. How to calculate conversion rates To calculate your conversion rate, you need to know the number of visitors who took the desired action and the total number of visitors to your website or app during a specific time period. The formula for conversion rate is: Conversion Rate = (Number of conversions / Total number of visitors) * 100 For example, if 100 people visit your website and 10 of them make a purchase, your conversion rate would be 10%. You can track your conversion rates over time using Google Analytics or other analytics tools. This will help you see how your conversion rates are trending and identify any areas where you need to improve. Conversion rates can vary depending on a number of factors, including: The type of website or app you have The target audience you are targeting The traffic source (e.g., organic search, paid advertising, social media) The landing page that visitors are directed to It is important to track and analyse your site’s conversion rate and rates so that you can make data-driven decisions to improve your website or app and drive growth. Conversion rates are a key metric for measuring the success of your business. They measure the success of your marketing and sales efforts, help you identify areas for improvement in your sales funnel, allow you to compare your performance and conversion funnel to industry benchmarks, and can help you to optimise your website and marketing campaigns. By tracking conversion rates, you can gain insights into the effectiveness of various channels and strategies. This enables you to allocate your resources more efficiently, focusing on the methods that yield the highest returns. Moreover, conversion rates help you identify potential bottlenecks in your sales funnel, allowing you to rectify issues and enhance the overall customer experience. Furthermore, conversion rates serve as a benchmark for measuring your performance against competitors. By comparing your conversion rates to industry standards, you can assess your competitiveness and make necessary adjustments to improve your position in the market. Additionally, conversion rates provide valuable data for A/B testing and website optimisation. By experimenting with different elements of your website or app, you can determine what works best for your audience and optimise the user experience accordingly. In essence, conversion rates are crucial for businesses aiming to grow their customer base and revenue. By closely monitoring and analysing conversion rates, businesses can make informed decisions, optimise their marketing strategies, and enhance their overall performance. Conversion rate optimisation (CRO) is the process of increasing the percentage of visitors to your website or app who take a desired action, such as making a purchase or signing up for a service. It involves a data-driven approach to analysing and optimising your website or app to improve its effectiveness in converting visitors into customers. There are five key areas to focus on when optimising your conversion rate: 1. Testing different versions of your website or landing page. A/B testing allows you to compare different versions of your website or landing page to see which one performs better. You can test different elements, such as the headline, call to action, or the web page layout, to determine what resonates most with your target audience. 2. Personalising your website or landing page to your target audience. Personalisation involves tailoring your website or landing page to the specific interests and needs of your target audience. This can be done by using data from your analytics platform to identify the demographics, interests, and behaviours of your visitors. 3. Using clear and concise calls to action. Your call to action (CTA) is what tells visitors what you want them to do next. Make sure your CTA is clear, concise, and easy to find. It should also be relevant to the content on the page and the needs of your target audience. 4. Making it easy for visitors to convert. The checkout process should be as simple and straightforward as possible. Avoid asking potential customers for unnecessary information, and make sure the payment process is secure and easy to understand. 5. Tracking your results and optimising your campaigns accordingly. It’s important to track your conversion rates so that you can see what’s working and what’s not. This will allow you to make data-driven decisions about how to optimise your website or app for better conversions. By following these five steps, you can improve your conversion rate, increase conversions, and drive more growth for your business. Conversion rate benchmarks This section provides conversion rate benchmarks for different industries, services and businesses. It discusses the average conversion rate for all industries, as well as the full conversion rate optimisation process and rates for high-performing websites, B2B websites, and mobile websites. The average conversion rate for all industries is around 2-3%. This means that for every 100 visitors to a website, 2-3 will take the desired action. However, there is a significant variation in conversion rates between different industries. For example, the average conversion rate for e-commerce websites is around 4%, while the average conversion rate for lead generation websites is around 2%. High-performing websites typically have a conversion rate of 5% or higher. These websites are typically well-designed, easy to use, and have a clear call to action. They also tend to have a strong value proposition and a targeted marketing strategy. B2B websites typically have a lower conversion rate than e-commerce websites. This is because B2B sales cycles are typically longer and more complex. B2B websites typically have a conversion rate of around 2-3%. Mobile devices and websites typically have a lower conversion rate than desktop websites. This is because it can be more difficult to design a mobile website that is easy to use and navigate. Mobile websites typically have a conversion rate of around 1-2%. It is important to note that conversion rates can vary significantly depending on a number of factors, such as the type of website or app, the target audience, the traffic source, and the landing page that visitors are directed to. Businesses should track and analyse their conversion rates over time to identify areas for improvement. Improving your conversion rate with LIKE.TG LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tool that can help you improve your conversion rate in a number of ways. Here are a few tips: Track and test your landing web pages, forms, and CTAs: LIKE.TG allows you to track the performance of your landing pages, forms, and calls to action (CTAs). This information can help you identify which elements are working well and which ones need to be improved. You can then use this information to make changes to your website or app and improve your conversion rate. Create targeted and personalised marketing campaigns: LIKE.TG allows you to create targeted and personalised marketing campaigns based on your customer data. This information can help you send the right messages to the right people at the right time, which can increase your chances of converting them into customers. Track and analyse your customer journey: LIKE.TG allows you to track the customer journey from the moment they first visit your website or app to the moment they make a purchase. This information can help you identify any bottlenecks or drop-off points in your sales funnel and make changes to improve your conversion rate. Automate your marketing and sales processes: LIKE.TG can help you automate your marketing and sales processes, which can free up your time to focus on other tasks. This can help you improve your efficiency and productivity, which can lead to more conversions and increased sales and revenue. By following these tips, you can use LIKE.TG to improve your conversion rate and grow your business.

					3 Ways to Take Your Self-Service Customer Service From ‘Meh’ to Marvelous — Quickly
3 Ways to Take Your Self-Service Customer Service From ‘Meh’ to Marvelous — Quickly
How much do your customers like their self-service customer service experience with your business? If they’re not impressed yet, here are three ways you can improve it. Self-service lets your customers find the answers they need on their own time, without the help of an agent. Most importantly, it’s what they prefer: our research found that 61% of customers would rather use self-service for simple issues. Enabling your customers to help themselves also increases efficiency. We found that 67% of organisations are now tracking case deflection, typically done through customer self-service or automated processes.To ensure your self-service customer service channels always make the biggest impact, what can you do quickly — even in just one hour? Turns out, it’s a lot. What you’ll learn: What is self-service customer service? Benefits of self-service How to set up for self-service customer support success What is self-service customer service? At a high level, self-service customer service simply means letting customers help themselves. To give customers this option, you can provide: A help centre, also known as a knowledge base, where customers can search for answers to common questions. A customer portal, a branded website customers log into to access personal information and complete actions related to their account. A customer community, where customers gather to share ideas, answer questions, and solve problems together. Chatbots that provide 1:1 assistance to customers without an agent having to step in. These self-service tools give your customers convenience, speed, and anytime availability. (Back to top) Benefits of self-service Self-service customer support is a win-win for both your customers and your business. Nobody likes to wait in a support queue for assistance. Self-service can also provide fast or even instant answers in some cases. This can lead to a better customer experience and higher customer satisfaction scores (CSAT). Your business benefits by reducing support costs and improving operational efficiency. By deflecting routine questions to self-service channels, you can allocate your resources more effectively. For example, your agents can focus on complex cases that require critical thinking and empathy. (Back to top) How to set up for self-service customer support success Your goal is to make it easy for your customers to find solutions independently. To set your business up to deliver successful self-service, let’s look at three key steps to take. 1. Address frequently asked questions Taking a few minutes to connect with your team will help you understand the most common customer questions to address in your self-service options. Even with advancements in AI, there’s still no substitute for human experience. You can use your team’s insights to make continuous improvements to your self-service customer service channels. Host a daily standup Round up your team and gather commonly asked customer questions and how your agents resolve them. (This can be done virtually or in-person). With advancements in artificial intelligence (AI) technology, soon your AI-powered customer service software may be surfacing commonly asked questions to you. Streamline collaboration with technologyEncourage agents to use collaboration tools like Slack to communicate and work together. Slack helps your team stay aligned and move fast. Use it to bring the right people into the right conversations – like swarming on a difficult case with experts from across your organisation. Make sure your help centre has an accurate knowledge base Knowledge provides the key foundation to building out your self-service experience. Create and consistently update knowledge base articles to make sure your users always have the most relevant information. It’s also the foundation for generative AI in self-service. Remember: the more advanced your knowledge base, the more robust the overall search experience will be to find the right answers faster. 2. Find ways to streamline workflows Simplifying processes by making it easier to find information goes a long way for customers, increases efficiency, and frees up agents from cases that can be handled with self-service. Make it easy to find self-service channelsCustomers don’t want to search for support. Make sure that when they search online for customer support, the results provide a clear path to your help site’s landing page.Your company’s contact information shouldn’t be displayed in the search results. A customer will be less likely to access your help site and use self-service.Once customers get to your site, make it easy to get self-service. With a simple widget or code snippet, you can integrate a fixed channel menu on your help site home page. This can direct customers to chatbots, your knowledge base, or a customer community, like the Serviceblazer community Route cases with chatbotsChatbots can streamline workflows – especially AI-powered ones, which are programmed to have human-like conversations. AI chatbots use natural language processing (NLP), which allows them to better understand human speech – including the intent behind what the customer is saying. These bots can interpret the context of what a customer types or says – and then, with generative AI, respond intelligently based on existing data.Rules-based chatbots also do a lot for self-service. They respond based on buttons a customer clicks or particular keywords the customer uses. If you have a rules-based chatbot, review the chatbot data to find specific keywords for easy answers, and be sure to have an FAQ database the chatbot can use to answer questions. But do consider upgrading – an hour spent learning about the latest in AI chatbot technology could be a step toward greater efficiency. Create guided processesIn your customer self-service portal, you can automate specific processes for customers and free agents from receiving a high-volume of calls. What are the simple issues that take up agents’ valuable time, but could be just as easily done by customers? By integrating a workflow on your end, such as canceling an order or booking a field service appointment, the automation process appears on their screen and walks customers through each step. This not only saves on cost, it increases productivity and efficiency. 3. Continuously improve with data and human review The quick ways we’ve discussed to improve your self-service customer support offering can make a big impact. But there’s even more you can do over time. Tackle the ideas below in one-hour chunks, and soon you’ll be well on your way to building an excellent self-service experience. Prioritise reviewing self-serviceRegularly assess your company’s self-service customer support experience from every angle. For example, how does your help centre home page look? How do your search features perform? Are your article pages consistent? Is your chatbot performing well? Does your site allow visitors to provide feedback – not only about your products, but also the support experience? This handy self-service assessment tool can help you identify any gaps where you’re currently not meeting best practices. It gives you helpful guidance on where to focus your improvement effort. Review your dataWhat are your objectives for self-service customer service? Perhaps you want to increase case deflection, so you can give customers the kind of assistance they prefer and reserve your agents’ energy for more complex matters. Or maybe you want to increase CSATs. Decide on the key performance indicators (KPIs) that matter to your team. Then use service analytics to track and monitor this data with easy-to-understand charts and graphs. Ready to get started? With a few simple updates, you can ensure your self-service customer support channels are working hard to help your customers quickly find the answers they need. In time, your customers will be getting an efficient and easy self-service customer service experience they’ll love. Then watch your CSATs soar. (Back to top)

					Demand Forecasting: A Complete Guide
Demand Forecasting: A Complete Guide
Demand forecasting is an essential business practice in which companies are able to anticipate future market demands for their products or services. By accurately predicting these demands, businesses can optimise their operations, minimise costs, and effectively meet customer needs. Throughout this blog, we’ll take a closer look into the concept of demand forecasting, explaining its significance and exploring the various factors that influence it, whilst also discussing the benefits and providing practical methods and models to help businesses forecast demand more effectively. We’ll also continue to take a look at the latest trends in demand forecasting and how LIKE.TG can be leveraged to enhance and improve demand forecasting accuracy. What is demand forecasting? Demand forecasting is a key business process that enables companies to predict future market demands for their products or services. It involves analysing historical data, current market conditions, and other relevant factors to make informed predictions about future demand patterns. By accurately anticipating demand, businesses can optimise their operations, minimise costs, and effectively meet customer needs. Demand forecasting is essential for businesses of all sizes and across all industries. It plays a pivotal part in the decision-making processes related to production, inventory management, sales and marketing teams, and overall resource allocation. Effective demand forecasting helps businesses avoid overproduction, which leads to excess inventory and increased costs, as well as underproduction, which results in lost sales and dissatisfied customers. Demand forecasting techniques range from simple to complex, depending on the availability of data and the level of accuracy required. Some common techniques include historical data analysis, passive demand forecasting, trend analysis, market research, and econometric modelling. Businesses can also leverage advanced analytics and machine learning algorithms to enhance the accuracy of their passive demand forecasts. Accurate demand forecasting provides businesses with a competitive edge by enabling them to respond swiftly to changing market dynamics and customer preferences. It helps businesses optimise their supply chains, reduce inventory holding costs, and allocate resources efficiently. Effective demand forecasting supports data-driven decision-making, leading to improved overall business performance and profitability. Demand Forecasting Explained Within business, the ability to anticipate future demand for products or services is essential. Demand forecasting serves as a compass, guiding businesses through the ever-changing currents of the market. By predicting demand accurately, companies can optimise production schedules, maintain and manage inventory levels to their optimal amount, and craft effective marketing strategies. The significance of demand forecasting lies in its power to illuminate the path ahead. Armed with insights into future demand, businesses can make choices that propel them towards success. They can anticipate market trends, identify shifts in consumer behaviour, and navigate economic fluctuations with agility. Effective demand forecasting lays a solid foundation for strategic decision-making, enabling businesses to expand production capacity, increase operational efficiencies, introduce new products, and venture into new markets with confidence. The process of demand forecasting involves a meticulous examination of historical data, market trends, and a multitude of other relevant factors. Businesses employ a range of methodologies, from time-tested statistical models to cutting-edge machine learning algorithms, to make informed predictions about future demand. The choice of method hinges on the complexity of the product or service, the availability of data, and the desired level of accuracy. However, the path of demand forecasting is not without its challenges. Uncertainty looms as demand can be swayed by a myriad of factors – economic shifts, evolving consumer preferences, technological disruptions, and the actions of competitors. To navigate these uncertainties, businesses incorporate flexibility into their quantitative demand forecasting models, ensuring they can adapt swiftly to unforeseen market changes. Despite the challenges, demand forecasting remains an invaluable tool for businesses seeking to gain a competitive edge in the marketplace. By harnessing historical data, conducting thorough market research, and employing sophisticated analytical techniques, businesses can enhance the precision of their demand forecasts. This empowers them to make better decisions, optimise operations, and stay ahead of the curve in the ever-evolving business landscape. Why Is Demand Forecasting Important for Businesses? In a business setting, demand forecasting is an essential. Equipped with insights into future demand, companies can anticipate market trends, identify shifts in consumer behaviour, and navigate economic fluctuations with agility. This foresight allows them to optimise operations, reduce costs, and meet customer demand effectively. One of the key benefits of demand forecasting is its ability to improve efficiency and reduce costs. By accurately predicting future demand, businesses can optimise their production schedules, inventory levels, and workforce planning. This reduces the risk of overproduction, which can lead to waste and increased costs, as well as the risk of stockouts, which can result in lost sales and customer dissatisfaction. Another important benefit of demand forecasting is increased responsiveness to market changes. As business environments are ever-changing, companies that can quickly adapt to changing market conditions have a significant competitive advantage. Demand forecasting helps businesses identify emerging economic trends, and shifts in consumer preferences, enabling them to adjust their strategies and product offerings accordingly. This agility allows companies to stay ahead of the competition and capitalise on new opportunities. Enhanced customer satisfaction is another key outcome of effective demand forecasting. By accurately predicting demand, businesses can ensure that they have the right products and services available to meet customer needs. This reduces the likelihood of stockouts and backorders, which can lead to customer frustration and dissatisfaction. Demand forecasting helps companies optimise their customer service operations, ensuring that they have the resources in place to handle customer inquiries and complaints efficiently. Effective demand forecasting also supports better financial planning and budgeting. By having a clear understanding of future demand, businesses can more accurately forecast their revenue and expenses. This enables them to make sound financial decisions, allocate resources efficiently, and manage cash flow effectively. Accurate demand forecasting reduces the risk of financial surprises and helps businesses maintain financial stability. Finally, demand forecasting is a key player in improving supply chain management. By sharing demand forecasts with suppliers, businesses can ensure that they have the necessary raw materials and components to meet production requirements. This collaboration helps optimise the entire supply chain, reducing lead times, minimising inventory levels, and improving overall efficiency. Effective demand forecasting enables businesses to build strong relationships with suppliers and gain a competitive advantage in the market. What Factors Impact Demand Forecasting? Various factors influence the precision of demand forecasting, a crucial component of effective business planning. These factors can be broadly categorised into external and internal elements. External factors encompass the overarching economic landscape. Economic indicators like GDP growth, inflation rates, interest rates, and consumer confidence greatly impact consumer purchasing behaviours. When economic conditions are favourable, consumer demand for products and services flourishes, while economic downturns can lead to decreased demand. Market and consumer trends are another significant external influence. Changing consumer preferences, innovative product introductions, and technological advancements can reshape market dynamics and alter product demand. Businesses must continuously monitor market trends to stay ahead of demand shifts. Seasonal patterns can also affect demand and weather conditions contribute to demand forecasting. For instance, seasonal products like winter clothing or summer beverages experience predictable fluctuations in demand. Businesses must account for these seasonal variations to optimise their own inventory planning and production strategies. Competitor activity is another external factor that can impact the demand for a product. The introduction of competing products or services, changes in pricing strategies, or shifts in marketing campaigns can influence consumer choices. Businesses need to closely monitor their competitors’ actions to mitigate any negative impact on their demand for a product. Internal factors also contribute to demand forecasting accuracy. Production capacity, inventory levels, and marketing efforts all contribute to demand forecasters. Ensuring sufficient production capacity to meet demand, maintaining optimal inventory levels to avoid stockouts, and effectively promoting products through marketing channels are essential for managing demand successfully. By comprehending and analysing these external and internal factors, businesses can enhance the accuracy of their demand forecasts. This enables them to make well-informed decisions regarding production planning, inventory management, marketing strategies, and overall resource allocation, ultimately driving business growth and profitability. Benefits of Demand Forecasting Effective demand forecasting serves as a guiding compass, empowering businesses to navigate the ever-changing currents of the marketplace with precision and agility. One of its benefits lies within resource allocation. Through accurate demand projections, businesses can meticulously plan their production schedules, ensuring that they possess the essential resources – raw materials, skilled labour, and state-of-the-art equipment – to satisfy future customer demand, without the perils of overstocking or shortages. This strategic approach translates into reduced costs and enhanced operational efficiency, laying the foundation for sustainable growth. Another highlight of demand forecasting is its ability to cultivate customer delight. By maintaining optimal inventory levels, businesses ensure that their customers can effortlessly obtain the products or services they desire, when they desire them. This proactive approach minimises the frustrations of stockouts, backorders, and interminable wait times, fostering customer loyalty and satisfaction. Meeting customer demand with precision not only strengthens the business’s reputation but also arms it with a formidable competitive advantage. Demand forecasting also serves as a catalyst for enhanced profitability. By using sales forecasting and aligning production and inventory levels with anticipated demand, businesses can effectively combat waste and maximise revenue streams. This strategic alignment allows them to produce the right products, in the ideal quantities, and at the opportune time, thereby diminishing the risks of overproduction or underproduction. Armed with accurate demand forecasts, businesses can engage in strategic negotiations with suppliers, securing favourable pricing and terms that further bolster their financial position. Beyond its immediate impact on resource allocation, customer satisfaction, and profitability, demand forecasting also elevates decision-making across all echelons of an organisation. Armed with reliable demand projections, businesses can chart their course with confidence, making plans regarding product development, marketing strategies, and expansion plans. This enables them to cease market opportunities, introduce products or services that resonate with customer needs, and venture into new markets with a calculated approach. By aligning their decisions with the compass of demand forecasting, businesses can mitigate risks and amplify their chances of success, propelling them towards sustained growth and industry leadership. How to Forecast Customer Demand To derive accurate demand forecasts, businesses must embark on a series of meticulous steps. The initial phase of demand forecasting often involves comprehending the product lifecycle and industry trends that affect demand now. It’s to recognise the stage of the product’s lifecycle (introduction, growth, maturity, or decline) and understand how industry trends may influence the demand forecast. The next step entails identifying and analysing historical demand data. This involves gathering data on past sales, customer demand, and market trends. Analysing this historical sales data can reveal patterns and trends that can inform future sales and demand forecasts. Selecting the appropriate and accurate forecasting method is also critical. There are various forecasting methods available, each with its own strengths and weaknesses. Some common methods include moving averages, exponential smoothing, and regression analysis. The choice of method depends on the nature of the product, the availability of data, and the level of accuracy required. Collecting and analysing relevant data is another key step in forecasting sales further. This may involve gathering data on various economic trends and indicators, consumer behaviour, competitor activity, and other factors that can influence demand. Analysing this data can provide valuable insights into future demand trends. Finally, it is essential to make adjustments through active demand forecasting based on market conditions. Demand forecasts are not static; they need to be continuously monitored and adjusted based on changing market conditions and customer expectations. This may involve incorporating real-time data, such as sales figures and customer feedback, into the forecasting process. By following these steps and employing robust demand forecasting techniques, businesses can enhance the accuracy of their predictions that drive success. 10 Demand Forecasting Methods This section provides an overview of 10 demand forecasting methods, encompassing time series analysis, causal methods, judgmental methods, simulation, quantitative methods, and machine learning methods. 1. Time Series Analysis Time series analysis involves analysing historical demand data to identify patterns and trends. Common techniques include moving averages, exponential smoothing, and seasonal decomposition. 2. Causal Methods Causal methods establish a relationship between demand and various influencing factors, such as economic indicators, consumer behaviour, and competitor activity. Regression analysis and econometric models are commonly used causal methods. 3. Judgmental Methods Judgmental methods involve incorporating expert opinions and market insights into the forecasting process. These qualitative methods may include the Delphi method, executive opinion, and customer surveys. 4. Simulation Methods Simulation methods use computer models to simulate real-world conditions and generate demand scenarios. Monte Carlo simulation and system dynamics are examples of simulation methods. 5. Machine Learning Methods Machine learning algorithms can analyse large datasets and identify complex patterns. Artificial neural networks, decision trees, and random forests are commonly used machine learning methods for demand forecasting. 6. Moving Averages Moving averages calculate the average demand over a specified period, smoothing out short-term fluctuations. Simple moving averages (SMAs) and exponential moving averages (EMAs) are commonly used. 7. Exponential Smoothing Exponential smoothing assigns exponentially decreasing weights to past demand data, giving more importance to recent data. Single exponential smoothing (SES), double exponential smoothing (DES), and triple exponential smoothing (TES) are different types of exponential smoothing techniques. 8. Seasonal Decomposition Seasonal decomposition separates demand into seasonal, trend, and residual components. Seasonal indices are used to adjust demand forecasts for seasonal variations. 9. Regression Analysis Regression analysis establishes a statistical relationship between demand and one or more independent variables (e.g., price, advertising, economic indicators). Linear regression, multiple regression, and logistic regression are common regression techniques. 10. Econometric Models Econometric models are advanced statistical models that account for the interdependencies and dynamics of various economic factors influencing demand. These models often require extensive data and specialised expertise. Demand Forecasting Models Demand forecasting models are vital tools for predicting future demand and aiding businesses in making better choices. Several models can be employed for various types of demand forecasting, each with its own advantages and applications. Here are some commonly used demand forecasting models: Moving Average Model: The moving average model is a simple yet effective technique that calculates the average of past project sales and future demand, over a specified period. It assumes that future demand will follow a similar pattern to past demand. This model is suitable for stable demand patterns with minimal fluctuations. Exponential Smoothing Model: The exponential smoothing model is an extension of the moving average model that assigns exponentially decreasing weights to past demand data. This model gives more importance to recent demand data, making it more responsive to changing demand patterns. It is suitable for forecasting demand patterns that exhibit gradual trends or seasonal variations. Seasonal Autoregressive Integrated Moving Average (SARIMA) Model: The SARIMA model is a sophisticated time series analysis technique that combines autoregressive, integrated, and moving average components. It is beneficial for forecasting seasonal demand patterns. The SARIMA model identifies and accounts for seasonality, making it suitable for businesses with pronounced seasonal fluctuations in demand. Machine Learning Model: Machine learning algorithms, such as regression, decision trees, and neural networks, can be employed for demand forecasting. These models leverage historical demand data, along with other relevant factors, to make predictions. Machine learning models are particularly effective in capturing complex relationships and non-linear patterns in demand data. The choice of demand forecasting model depends on various factors, including the nature and types of demand forecasting the product or service, the availability of historical data, and the level of accuracy required. Businesses may use a combination of different models to enhance the accuracy of their demand forecasts. Demand Forecasting Examples Demand forecasting is used in various industries to predict future demand for products or services. Here are a few examples short term demand forecasting: Retail: Retailers use demand forecasting to optimise inventory levels and avoid stockouts or overstocking. By accurately predicting demand, retailers can ensure that they have the right products in the right quantities to meet customer demand. This helps reduce costs associated with holding excess inventory and improves customer satisfaction by ensuring that products are available when customers want them. Manufacturing: Manufacturers use demand forecasting to plan production schedules and manage supply chains. By accurately predicting demand, manufacturers can avoid production disruptions and through an efficient supply chain, they can ensure they have the necessary resources to meet customer demand. This helps reduce costs associated with production overruns or shortages and improves customer satisfaction by ensuring that products are available when customers need them. Transportation: Transportation companies use demand forecasting to plan routes and schedules and allocate resources. By accurately predicting demand, transportation companies can optimise their operations and ensure that they have the necessary capacity to meet customer demand. This helps reduce costs associated with empty vehicles or overloaded routes and improves customer satisfaction by ensuring that goods are delivered on time. Healthcare: Healthcare providers use demand forecasting to plan staffing levels, manage patient flow, and allocate resources. By accurately predicting demand, healthcare providers can ensure that they have the necessary staff and resources to meet patient needs. This helps reduce costs associated with understaffing or overstaffing and improves patient satisfaction by ensuring that patients receive timely and efficient care. Financial services: Financial institutions use demand forecasting to manage risk, plan investments, and allocate resources. By accurately predicting demand, financial institutions can look into how to allocate their capital and manage their risk exposure. This helps reduce costs associated with bad investments or excessive risk-taking and improves customer satisfaction by ensuring that customers have access to the financial services they need. Demand Forecasting Trends This section discusses the latest trends in demand forecasting, including the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning, real-time data and analytics, collaborative forecasting, and sustainability and ethical considerations. Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) are transforming demand forecasting by enabling businesses to analyse vast amounts of data and identify patterns and trends that would be difficult or impossible for humans to detect. By leveraging AI and ML algorithms, businesses can create more accurate and reliable demand forecasts, leading to better decision-making and improved business outcomes. Real-time data and analytics are a major component in modern demand forecasting. With the advent of the Internet of Things (IoT) and other data-generating technologies, businesses can now collect real-time data on various factors that influence demand, such as customer behaviour, market trends, and supply chain disruptions. By analysing this real-time data, businesses can make more informed and agile decisions, quickly adapting to changing market conditions. Collaborative demand forecasting method involves bringing together different stakeholders within an organisation to contribute their expertise and insights to the demand forecasting process. This approach combines the knowledge of sales, marketing, production, and other departments, resulting in more comprehensive and accurate forecasts. Collaborative internal demand forecasting also fosters a culture of shared responsibility and improves communication and alignment across the organisation. Sustainability and ethical considerations are increasingly becoming important factors in demand forecasting. Businesses are recognising the need to minimise the environmental impact of their operations and ensure ethical practices throughout the supply chain. Demand forecasting plays a large part in optimising resource allocation, reducing waste, and promoting sustainable practices. By considering sustainability and ethical factors in demand forecasting, businesses can align their operations with their values and meet the expectations of environmentally conscious consumers. These trends are revolutionising the field of demand forecasting, enabling businesses to make more accurate predictions, like the ability to predict demand, optimise their operations, and gain a competitive advantage in a data-driven business environment. Demand Forecasting with LIKE.TG Demand forecasting is an essential business process for optimising operations, reducing costs, and meeting customer demand effectively. LIKE.TG, a leading customer relationship management (CRM) platform, provides a variety of tools and capabilities to help businesses create accurate demand forecasts. One of the key features of LIKE.TG for demand forecasting is Einstein Discovery, a powerful artificial intelligence (AI)-powered tool that helps businesses analyse historical data and identify trends and patterns that can be used to predict future demand. Einstein Discovery uses machine learning algorithms to automatically detect relationships between different variables and generate accurate forecasts. LIKE.TG also allows businesses to leverage historical sales data to create demand forecasts. By analysing past sales data, businesses can gain insights into seasonal trends, sales trends, market fluctuations, and customer behaviour patterns. This historical data can be used to build statistical models and time series analysis to predict future demand. In addition to historical data, LIKE.TG enables businesses to incorporate predictive analytics into their demand forecasting process. Predictive analytics uses advanced statistical techniques and machine learning algorithms to analyse a variety of data sources, including customer demographics, market trends, economic indicators, and social media sentiment, to further generate revenue forecasts. LIKE.TG also allows businesses to integrate external data sources into their demand forecasting process. This can include data from market research firms, industry reports, and social media platforms. By combining internal data with external data points, businesses can gain a more comprehensive view of the market and make more accurate demand forecasts. LIKE.TG provides a user-friendly interface that makes it easy to create and manage demand plans and forecasts collaboratively with team members. Different users can access and update forecasts, share insights, and discuss assumptions, ensuring a collaborative and transparent demand planning process. Finally, LIKE.TG provides tools to monitor sales forecasts, make sales projections and track the performance of demand forecasts against actual results. This allows businesses to continuously evaluate the accuracy of their forecasts and make adjustments as needed. By analysing forecast errors and identifying the factors that influence demand, businesses can continuously improve their forecasting accuracy and optimise their operations.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈